PRESSURE

VESSEL
HANDBOOK
Ninth Edition
with foreword by
PAUL BUTHOD

Professor of Chemical Engineering

University of Tulsa

EUGENE F. MEGYESY

FOREWORD

Engineers who design equipment for the chemical process industry

are sooner or later confronted with the design of pressure vessels and
mounting requirements for them. This is very often a frustrating
experience for anyone who has not kept up with current literature
in the field of code requirements and design equations.
First h,e must familiarize himself with the latest version of the
applicable code. Then he must search the literature for techniques
used in design to meet these codes. Finally he must select material
properties and dimensional data from various handbooks and company
catalogs for use in the design equations.
Mr. Megyesy has recognized this problem. For several years he
has been accumulating data on code requirements and calculational
methods.

He has been presenting this information first in the form

of his "Calculation Form Sheets" and now has put it all together in
one place in the Pressure Vessel Handbook.

I believe that this fills a real need in the pressure vessel industry
and that readers will find it extremely useful.

Paul Buthod

CONTENTS

PART I

Design and Construction of Pressure Vessels . . . . .

PART I1 Geomet~yand Layout of Pressure Vessels .

PART 111 Measures and Weights .

PART V Miscellaneous

. . . . . 249

...............

PART IV Design of Steel Structures

11

............

313

437

PART

I.

DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION OF PRESSURE VESSELS

1. Vessels under Internal Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stresses in Cylindrical Shell, Definitions, Formulas,
Pressure of Fluid, Pressure-Temperature Ratings of
American Standard Carbon Steel Pipe Flanges.

..

15

2. Vessels under External Pressure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Definitions, Formulas, Minimum required Thickness of
Cylindrical shell, Chart for Determining Thickness of
Cylindrical and Spherical Vessels under External
Pressure when Constructed of Carbon Steel.

..

31

3. Design of Tall Towers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Wind Load, Weight of the Vessel, Seismic Load, Vibration, Eccentric Load, Elastic Stability, Deflection, combination of Stresses, Design of Skirt Support, Design of
Anchor Bolts (approximate method), Design of Base
Ring (approximate method), Design of Anchor Bolt and
Base Ring, Anchor Bolt Chair for Tall Towers.

52

4. Vessel Supports . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 86
Stresses in Large Horizontal vessels Supported by Two
Saddles
Stresses in vessels on leg support
Stresses in vessels due to lug support
5. Openings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 122
Inspection Openings, Openings without Reinforcing
Pad, Opening with Reinforcing Pad, Extension of Openings, Reinforcement of Openings, Strength of Attachments Joining Openings to Vessels, Length of Couplings
and Pipes for Openings.

......
...................

6. Reinforcement at the Junction of Cone to Cylinder.

153

7. Welding of Pressure Vessels

Welded Joints, Butt Welded Joint of Plates of unequal
Thicknesses, Application of Welding Symbols.

164

8. Regulations, Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175

Code Rules Related to Various Services, Code Rules
Related to Various Plate Thicknesses of Vessel, Tanks
and Vessels Containing Flammable and Combustible
Liquids, Properties of Materials, Description of Materials,
Specification for The Design and Fabrication of Pressure
Vessels. Fabrication Tolerances.
9. Welded Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

11. Rectangular Tanks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

206

12. Corrosion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2 15
13. Miscellaneous . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Fabricating Capacities, Pipe and Tube bending, Pipe
Engagement, Drill Sizes for Pipe Taps, Bend Allowances,
Length of Stud Bolts, Pressure Vessel Detailing, Preferred Locations, Common Errors, Lifting Attachments,
Safe Loads for Ropes and Chains, Transportation of
Vessels.

14. Painting of Steel surfaces . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24 1

IN REFERENCES THROUGHOUT THIS BOOK "CODE" STANDS FOR

ASME (AMERICAN SOCIETY OF MECHANICAL ENGINEERS) BOILER
AND PRESSURE VESSEL CODE SECTION VIII RULES FOR CONSTRUCTION OF PRESSURE VESSELS, DIVISION 1 - AN AMERICAN STANDARD

1992 EDITION.

STRESSES IN PRESSURE VESSELS

Pressure vessels are subject to various loadings. which exert stresses of different intensities
in the vessel components. The category and intensity of stresses are the function of the nature
of loadings. the geometry and construction of the vessel components.

LOADINGS (Code UG-22)

a. Internal or external pressure
b. Weight of the vessel and contents
c . Static reactions from attached equipment, piping. lining, insulation. internals, supports
d . Cyclic and dynamic reactions due to pressure or thermal variations
e . Wind pressure and seismic forces
f. Impact reactions due to fluid shock
g. Temperature gradients and differential thermal expansion
STRESSES (Code UG-23)
a. Tensile stress
b. Longitudinal compressive stress

c.

d.

General primary membrane m e s s induced

by any combination of loadings
Primary membrane stress plus primary
bending stress induced by combination of
loadings
General primary membrane stress induced
by combination of earthquake or wind
pressure with other loadings
(See definitions pages beginning 4 6 7 )

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS

su

The smaller of Sc, or the value of factor B

determined by the procedure described in
Code UG 23 (b) ( 2 )

1.5 5,
1.2 times the stress permitted in a , , b . , or
c . if the metal temperature d o e s not
exceed:
for carbon and low alloy steel "F 700
for high alloy (stainless) steel "F 800

Seismic force and wind pressure need not be considered to act simultaneously

S, = Maximum allowable stress in tension for carbon and low alloy steel Code Table

UCS-23: for high alloy steel Code Table UHA-23.. psi.

(See properties of materials page 180 - It;.?)

INTERNAL PRESSURE
1 . OPERATING PRESSURE

T h e pressure w h ~ c his required for the process. served by the vessel, at which
the vessel IS normally operates.

2. DESIGN PRESSURE
T h e pressure used in the design of a vessel. It is recommended t o design a
vessel and its parts for a higher pressure than the operating pressure. A deslgn
pressure higher than the operating pressure with 3 0 psi o r 1 0 percent,
whichever is greater, will satisfy this requirement. T h e pressure of the fluid
and other contents of the vessel should also be taken i n t o consideration. See
tables on page 29 for pressure of fluid.
3 . MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE
The internal pressure at which the weakest element of the vessel is loaded t o
the ultimate permissible point, when the vessel is assumed t o be:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)

in corroded condition
under the effect of a designated temperature
in normal operating position
under the effect of other loadings (wind load, external pressure.
hydrostatic pressure, etc.) which are additive t o the internal pressure

A c o m m o n practice followed b y many users and manufacturers of pressure

vessels is t o limit the maximum allowable working pressure by the head or
shell, not by small elements as flanges, openings, etc.
See tables on page 28 for maximum allowable pressure for flanges.
See tables on page 147, for maximum allowable pressure for pipes.

T h e term, maximum allowable pressure, new and cold, is used very often. It
means the pressure at which the weakest element of the vessel is loaded t o
the ultimate permissible point, when the vessel:
(a)
(b)

is n o t corroded (new)
the temperature does not affect its strength (room temperature)
(cold)

and the other conditions (c and d above) also need not t o be taken i n t o
consideration.

4. H Y D R O S T A T I C T E S T P R E S S U R E
O n e and one-half times the maximum allowable working pressure o r the design
pressure when calculations are not made to determine the maximum allowable working
pressure.
If the stress value of the vessel material at the design temperature is less than at the
test temperature, the hydrostatic test pressure should b e increased proportionally.
Hydrostatic test shall be conducted after all fabrication has b e e n completed.

In this case, the test pressure shall be:

1.5 X Max. Allow. W. Press.
(Or Des~gnRess.)

Stress Value S At Test Temperature

Stress Value S At Design Temperature

Vessels where the maximum allowable working pressure limited by the

flanges, shall be tested at a pressure shown in the table:
Primary Service
Pressure Rating

150 1b

300 1b 400 1b

600 1b

900 1b

1500 1b

2500 1b

Hydrostatic Shell Test

Pressure

425

1100

2175

3250

5400

9000

1450

Hydrostatic test of multi-chamber vessels: Code UG-99 (e)

A Pneumatic test may be used in lieu of a hydrostatic test per Code UG-100
Proof tests t o establish maximum allowable working pressure when the
strength of any part of the vessel cannot be computed with satisfactory
assurance of safety, prescribed in Code UG-10 1.
5. MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESS VALUES
The maximum allowable tensile stress values permitted for different materials
are given in table on page 183. The maximum allowable compressive stress
to be used in the design of cylindrical shells subjected to loading that produce
longitudinal compressive stress in the shell shall be determined according t o
Code par. UG-23 b, c, & d.
6. JOINT EFFICIENCY

The efficiency of different types of welded joints are given in table o n page
164. The efficiency of seamless heads is tabulated on page 168.
The following pages contain formulas used t o compute the required wall
thickness and the maximum allowable working pressure for the most
frequently used types of shell and head. The formulas of cylindrical shell are
given for the longitudinal seam, since usually this governs.
The stress in the girth seam will govern only when the circumferential joint
efficiency is less than one-half the longitudinal joint efficiency, or when
besides the internal pressure additional loadings (wind load, reaction of
saddles) are causing longitudinal bending or tension. The reason for it is
that the stress arising in the girth seam pound per square inch is one-half of
the stress in the longitudinal seam.
The formulas for the girth seam accordingly:

See notation on page 22.

.
INTERNAL PRESSURE
FORMULAS IN TERMS OF INSIDE DIMENSIONS
D = Inside diameter, inches

NOTATION
P

a = One half of the included (apex)

angle. degrees
L = Inside radius of dish, inches
r = Inside knuckle radius. inches
r = Wall thickness, inches
C.A. = Corrosion allowance, inches

Design pressure or m a . allowable

working pressure psi
S = Stress value of material psi, page
183
E = Joint efficiency, page 164
R = Inside radius, inches
=

CONE

(5

AND

CONICAL SECTION

PD
t = 2 cos a ( S E - 0 . 6 P )

2SEt cos a
D+1.2t cosa

P=

"

L f l

I . The half apex angle, a not greater than 30"

2. Whena is greater than 30: special analysis is required.

(Code Appendix 1-5(e))

ASME FLANGED AND DISHED HEAD

(TORISPHERICAL HEAD)

W h e n L ~ r= 1 6 ~ 1 3

t=

0.885PL
SE-O.1P
When

t=

P=

4 r less t h a n

PLM
2SE- 0.2P

SEt
0.885L+O.l

16 2/3

p=

2SEt
L M + 0.2t

VALUES O F FACTOR "M"

I.00
1.25

Llr
M

1.50

1.00

1.03

7.00

L/r

1.75
1.06

1.08

8.00
7.50

1.41

2.00

1.44

1.10

1.13

9.00
8.50

1.46

2.50
2.25

1.48

1.15

1.52

1.18

1.22

11.0

1.56

1.28

12.0

1.60

T H E MAXIMUM A L L O W E D R A T I O : L = D + 2t

1.34

14.0

1.65

16.0

1.72

1.39
1.36

15.0
1.69

6.50
6.00

1.31

13.0
1.62

5.50
5.00

1.25

11.5
1.58

4.50
4.00

1.20

10.5
1.54

3.50
3.25

1.17

10.0
9.50

1.50

3.00
2.75

1.75

2
163

1.77
(see note 2 on facing page)

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA:
P = 100 psi design pressure
S = 17500 psi stress value of S A
515-70 plate @ 650F
E = 0.85, efficiency of spot examined
joints
E = 1.00, joint efficiency of seamless
heads

R
D

48 inches inside radius*

96 inches inside diameter*
a = 30" one half of the apex angle
L = 96 inches inside radius of dish
1 = Required wall thickness inches
C.A. = 0.125 inches corrosion allowance
*in corroded condition greater
with the corrosion allowance
=
=

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

COS 30"

0.866
SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Determine the required thickness r of a cone

100 x 96.25

f =

0.375 in.

Determine the maximum allowable worklng pressure. P

for 0.500 in. thick cone. when the vessel is in new
condition,

0.125in.

p =

0.866 (17500 x 0.85 - 0 6 x 100)

C.A.

17500

0.85

96 t 1 2

0.500

0 500

0.866

133 psi

0.866

0.500 in.
Use: 0.500 In. thick plate

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Llr = 16%

Determine the required thickness, r of a seamless ASME

flanged and dlshed head.
f =

0.885

100

96.125
=

17500

1.0 - 0.1

100

0.486 ~ n .

Determ~nethe maximum allowable working pressure, P

fora0.6875 thlck seamless head. when the vessel 1s in new
condition

0.125 in.

P =

17500 x 1.0 x 0.6875

+ C.A.

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

=

6 in. Llr

16

M = I .75 from table

Determ~nethe required thickness t of a seamless ASME
flanged and dished head.
100 x 96.125 x 1.75
I =
0.481 ~ n .
2 X 17500
0 2 X 100
+ C.A.
0.125 in.
0.606 In.
Use: 0.625 in. min. thick head
-

96

0 1

0.6875

141

16

PSI

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

96
=

0 885

0.611 in.

Use: 0.625 in min, thlck head

Knuckle radlus r

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Knuckle radius r

6 in. Llr

96

1.75 from table.

Determine the maximum allowable worklng pressure, P

for a 0.481 in thick seamless head when the vessel is in
corroded condition.
P

2 x 17500 x I 0 x 0.481
96.125

1.75

+ 0.2

0.481

100 psi

NOTE: When the ratio of Llr IS greater than 16 71.(non-code construction) the values of ,M ma! be calcularrd
by the formula: M = lA(3 + dLir)

INTERNAL PRESSURE
FORMULAS IN TERMS OF OUTSIDE DIMENSIONS

NOTATION

= Design pressure or max. allowable

= Stress value of material psi, page

working pressure psi

183
A

E = Joint efficiency, page 164

R = Outside radius, inches

= Outside diameter, inches

r = Wall thickness, inches
C.A. = Corrosion allowance, inches

CYLINDRICAL SHELL

e~gf%

PR

(LONG SEAM)'

P =

SEt
R - 0.42

SE + 0 . 4 P

1. Usually the stress in the long seam is governing. See

page 7.
2. When the wall thickness exceeds one half of the inside
radius or P exceeds 0.385 SE, the formulasgivenhn
the Code Appendix 1-2 shall be applied.

SPHERE and HEMISPHERICAL HEAD

@1
R+

h*!

PR
2SE

+ 0.8P

2SEt
- 0.8t

1. For heads without a straight flange, use the efficiency

of the head to shell joint if it is less than the efficiency
of the seams in the head.
2, When the wall thickness exceeds 0.356 R or P exceeds
0.665 SE, the formulas given in the Code Appendix
1-3, shall be applied.

2: 1 ELLIPSOIDAL HEAD

'= ~ SPD
+E1 . 8 ~

C
h

Dl4

p=- 2SEt
D - 1.82

1. For ellipsoidal heads, where the ratio of the major and

minor axis is other than 2: 1, see Code Appendix I+).

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA:
P = 100 psi design pressure
S = 17500 psi stress value of SA
515-70 plate @ 650F
E = 0.85, effciency of spot-examined
joints of shell and hemis. Head to
shell

E = 1.00, joint efficiency of seamless

heads
R = 48 inches outside radius
D = 96 inches outside diameter
t = Required wall thickness, inches
C.A. = 0.125 inches corrosion allowance

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Determine the required thickness,

r of a shell
100

I =

48
=

17500

0.85 - 0.4

100

C.A.

0.322 in.

Determine the maximum allowable working pressure, P

for 0.500 in. thick shell when the vessel is in new
condition.

0 125 in.

17500 x 0.85 x 0.500

=

48 - 0.4

0.500

= 155 psi

0.447 in.
Use: 0.500 in. thick plate

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

The head furnished without straight flange.
Determine the required thickness, r of a hemispherical
head.
I =

100 x 48
2

17500 x 0.85 t 0.8

100

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Determine the maximum allowable working pressure, P
for 0.3125 ~ n thick
.
head. when it is in new condition.

= 0 161 in.

C.A.

P =

0.125 in.

2 x 17500 x 0.85 x 0.3125

48

- 0.8 x 0.3125

194 psi

0.286 in.
Use: 0.3125 In min. thick head

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Determine the required thickness of a seamless ellipsoidal

head.
t =

100 x 96
2 x 17500 x 1 . 0 + 1.8 x 100

+ C.A.

Determine the maximum allowable working pressure, P

for 0.273 in. thick seamless head, when the vessel is in
corroded condition.

0.273
0.125 in.

17500

96 - 1.8

0.398 in
Use: 0.4375 in. rnin. thick head
I

1.0 x 0.273
X

0.273

100 psi

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA:
P = 100 psi design pressure
S = 17500 psi stress value of SA
5 15-70 plate (ic 650F
E = 0.85. efficiency of spot examined
joints
E = 1.00. joint efficiency of' seamless
heads

R
D

48 inches outside radius

96 inches outs~dediameter
30" one half of the apex angle
96 inches outside radius of dish
r = Required wall thickness inches
C.A. = 0.125 inches corrosion allowance
=
=
a =
L =

SEE DESIGN DATA B O V E

COS 30"

0.866
SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

Determine the required th~cknessr of a cone

r

100 x 96
?

0.866 (17500

0.85

0.4

1001

0.372 ~n

C.A.

0 125 ~n

Determine the maximum allowable working pressure. P

for 0 500 in, thick cone
P =

2 x 17500 x 0 85 x 0.500 x 0.866

=

96 - (0 8 x 0.500 x 0.866)

134 PSI

0 497 In
Use: 0 500 In. thick plate
SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE
L:r = 16A

Determine the required th~cknessr of a seamless ASME

flanged and d~shedhead.
0.885
f =

100

17500 x 1.0

96
=

0.8 x 100

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

0.483 in.

Determine the maxlmum allowable working pressure. P

for a 0.625 thick seamless head. when the vessel is In
corroded condlt~on

0.125 in

P =

17500 x 1.0 x 0.625

CA

0.885 x 96 - 0.8 x 0.625

129 psi

16

0 608 In
Use: 0.625 in min thick head
SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE
Knuckle radius r

6 in. L # r

96

= -

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE

16

96

Knuckle rad~usr

M = I .75 from table

Determine the required thickness I of a seamless ASME
flanged and dished head
I00
I =

96

1.75

2 x 17500 x I 0 x I00 ( 1 75
t

C.A.

0.2)

6 ~ n Llr
.

from table.

0.478 I n .

Determine the maximum allowable working pressure. P

for a 0.478 in. thick seamless head when the vessel is in
corroded condition.

01251n

P =

17500

175

96 - 0 4 7 8 ( 1 . 7 5

10

0.478
-

02)

100 psi

0.603 In
Use: 0 625 In. mln thick head

NOTE: When the ratio of Llr is greater than 16 M , (non-Code construction) the values of M may be calculated
by the formula: M = 1/43 + L'LI~)

INTERNAL OR EXTERNAL PRESSURE

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA
P = 300 psi design pressure
E= joint efficiency
d = 24 in. inside diameter of shell
S = 15,000 ]psi maximum allowable stress value of SA-515-60 plate
t, = 0.243 in. required thickness of seamless shell for pressure.
t, = 0.3125 in. actual thickness of shell.
DETERMINE THE MINIMUM REQUIRED THICKNESS, t

= d

= 24 \I 0.13 x 300115,000 x 1 = 1.223 in.

Use 1.250 in. head

Checking the limitation of

t
1.250
= -24
d
h

0.052,

The ratio of head thickness to the diameter of the shell is satisfactory

SEE DESIGN DATA ABOVE
C

0.33

t =d

*,
=
*,

d=

0.33
=

0.243
* = 0.26
0.3125

24\10.26x300/15.000~ 1

1.731 in,

Use 1.75 in. plate

Using thicker plate for shell, a lesser thickness will be satisfactory for the head
t, = 0.375 in.

tr
0.243
0.33 - = 0.33 -= 0.214
rs
0.375

t = d

,/=
= 24

0.214 x 300/15,000

1.57 in.

Use 1.625 in. plate

The shell thickness shall be maintained along a distance 2
inside face of the head
2

-4

6 in.

d-dt, from the

Table A shows the stress values of the most frequently used shell and head
materials.
Table B shows the ratios of these stress values in percentage.

EXAMPLE:
I . For a vessel using SA 5 15 - 7 0 plate, when spot radiographed, the required
thickness 0.4426 inches and the weight of the vessel 12600 lbs.

2. What plate thickness will be required and what will the weight of the
vessel be using SA 285 - C plate and full radiographic examination:
In case 1.
In case 2.

The stress value of the material 14875

The stress value of the material 13750

The ratio of the two stress values from Table B = 108.2. In this proportion
will be increased the required plate thickness and the weight of the vessel.
0.4426 x 108.2 = 0.4789 in.
12600 x 108.2 = 13633 1b.

EXTERNAL PRESSURE
Design Pressure
Vessels intended f o r service under external working pressures of 15 psi or less,
which are t o be stamped with the Code symbol denoting compliance with the
rules for external pressure, shall be designed for a maximum allowable
external pressure of 15 psi or 25 per cent more than the maximum possible
external pressure, whichever is smaller. Code UG - 28 (f)
A vessel which is designed and constructed t o Code requirements for internal
pressure and which is required t o be designed for an external pressure of 1 5 psi
o r less need not be designed t o Code rules for the external pressure condition.
However, n o external pressure rating may be shown with the Code stamping unless Code requirements for external pressure are met. Code UG-28 (f) note.
This shall not be applied if t h e vessel is operated at a temperature below minus
2 0 F and the design pressure is determined by the Code UCS - 66 (c) (2) or Code
UHA - 5 1 (b) t o avoid t h e necessity of impact test.
Vessels with lap joints:
Code UG - 28 (i)

Code UG - 2 8 (g) Non cylindrical vessel, jacket:

Test Pressure
Single-wall vessels designed for vacuum or partial vacuum only, shall be
subjected t o an internal hydrostatic test or when a hydrostatic test is n o t
practicable, t o a pneumatic test. UG - 9 9 (f)
Either type of test shall b e made at a pressure not less than 1 112 times the
difference between normal atmospheric pressure and the minimum design
internal absolute pressure. UG - 9 9 ( f )

Pneumatic test: Code UG - 1 0 0

T h e design method on the follo\ving pages conform to ASME Code for Pressure
Vessels Section VIII. D I V . 1. T h e charts o n pages 42 thru 47 a r e excerpted from
this Code.

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA
P = 15 psig. external design pressure

D, = 96 in. outside diatmeter of the shell

Length of the vessel from tangent line to tangent line: 48 ft. 0 in. = 576 in.
Heads 2: 1 ellipsoidal
Material of shell S A - 285 C plate
Temperature 500 F
E = Modulus of elasticity of material, 27,000,000 psi. (? 500 "F (see chart
on page 43
Determine the required shell thickness.
Assume a shell thickness: t = 0.50 in. (see page 49)
Length L = 592 in. (length of shell 576 in. and one third of the depth of
heads 16 in.)

L/D,= 592196 = 6.17

D o / [= 9b/0.5 = 192

A=0.00007 from chart (page 42)determined by the procedure described on

the facing page.

Since the value of A is falling to the left of the applicable temperature-line

in Fig. UCS-28.2 (page 43),

P,

2 A E / 3 ( Do/ I ) = 2 x 0.00007 x 27,000,000/3 x 192 = 6.56 psi.

~
pressure P, is smaller than the design pressure
Since the m a x i n ~ u nallowable
P stiffening rings shall be provided.
Using 2 stiffening rings equally spaced between the tangent lines of the heads,
Length of one vessel section. L = 200 in.(length of shell 192 in. plus one third
of depth of head 8 in.)

LID,= 200196 = 2.08

D o / / = 9610.5 = 192
A = 0.00022 from chart (page 42)

6 = 3000 from chart (page 43 )

determined by the procedure described on
facing page.

P, = 4 B / 3 ( D O / r )= 4 x 300013 x 192 = 20.8 psi.

Since the maximum allowable pressure Po is
greater than the design pressure P, the assumed
thickness of shell using two stiffening rings,
is satisfactory.

*
,-.I

See page 40 for design of stiffening rings.

EXTERNAL PRESSURE
FORMULAS
-

CONE

AND

CONICAL SECTION

Seamless or with Butt Joints

WHEN a IS EQUAL TO OR LESS THAN 600

and D / / t , 2 10
The maximum allowable pressure:

L4

4B
3(D,/t,.)

1. Assume a value for thickness, t ,

The values of B shall be determined by the
following procedure:
2. Determine t,, L,., and the ratios L,/DI and

Dl/t,

NOTATION
A = factor determined from
fig.UG0-28.0 (page ,42
B = factor determined from
charts (pages 43-47)
a = one half of the included
(apex) angle, degrees
Dl = outside diameter at the
large end, in.
D, = outside diameter at the
small end, in.
E = modulus of elasticity of
material (page 43)
L = length of cone, in. (see
page 39)
L, = equivalent length of
conical section,
in.(L/1?)(1+DslDi)
P = external design pressure,
psi.
P, = Maximum allowable
working pressure, psi
t = minimum required
thickness, in.
t , = effective thickness, in.
= t cos a

3. Enter chart UGO-28 (page 42) at the value

of L,/D, (L/D,) (Enter at 50 when L,/D,
is greater than 50) Move horizontally to the
line representing D J t . From the point of
intersection move vertically to determine
factor A .
4. Enter the applicable material chart at
the value of A* and move vertically to the
line of applicable temperature. From the
intersection move horizontally and read
the value of 8 .
5 . Compute the maximum allowable working
pressure, Pa .
If Pa is smaller than the design pressure, the
design, the design procedure must be repeated
increasing the thickness or decreasing L by
using of stiffening rings.
*For values of A falling to the left of the applicable line, the value of P can be calculated
by the formula:
f
'
, =2~~/3(D,!t,.)
For cones having D /t ratio smaller than 10,
see Code UG-33 (f)(b)

WHEN a IS GREATER THAN 60"

The thickness of the cones shall be the same as
the required thickness for a flat head, the
diameter of which equals the largest outside
diameter of the cone.
Provide adequate reinforcing of the cone-tocylinder juncture. See page 131 c

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA

P = 15 psi external design pressure

Material of the cone SA 285-C plate
500 F design temperature
CONICAL HEAD
Dl

= 96 in.

D, =0

a = 22.5 degrees

Determine the required thickness, t

Length, L =(DI/2)/tana=48/.4142= 115.8, say 116 in
1. Assume a head thickness, t, 0.3125 in.
2. 1, = r cosa= 0.3125 x .9239 = 0.288;
L, = L / 2 (1+D / D l ) = 116/2 x ( 1
0/96) = 58
L,/D1=58/96 =0.6
l?l/t,= 96/.288 = 333
3. A = 0.00037 (from chart, page 42)
4. 8 = 5,200 (from chart, page 43)
4B
59200 =20.8 psi.
5. P" = 3(11,he) 3(333)
Since the maximum allowable pressure is greater than the design pressure, the
assumed plate thickness is satisfactory.

CONICAL SECTION (See design data above)

Dl = 144 in.
D, = 96 in.
a = 30 deg.
Determine the required thickness,
Length,

L=(D,-D,/2)/tana=24/.5774=41.6in.

1. Assume a head thickness, t, 0.375 in.

2. te = r cos-0.375 x 0.866=0.324
L,=(L/2)(1
D,/D,)=41.6/2 x
(1 + 96/14) = 34.67
Le/Dl = 34.67/144= 0.241
Dl/t, = 144/0.324 = 444
3. A = 0.00065 (from chart, page 42 J
4. B = 8,600 (from chart, page 43)
4B
4x8600
5. p =
a
3
D
3x(144/0.324)
= 25.8 psi.
Since the maximum allowable pressure P, is greater than the design pressure
P, the assumed thickness is satisfactory.

E X A M P L E S F O R C O N I C A L HEAD. W H E N

IS G R E A T E R T H A N 60'

A R E GIVEN A T FLAT HEADS

EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA:

= IS psi. , external design pressure.

Do = 96 in., outside diameter of the shell.
Length of the vessel from tangent line to tangent line: 48 ft. 0 in. = 576 in.
Heads 2: 1 ellipsoidal
Material of the stiffening ring SA - 36
Temperature 500 F
E = Modulus of elasticity of material, 27,000,000 psi. @ 500 OF (see chart
on page 43)
t = 0.500 in. thickness of shell

I. An angle of 6 x 4-5/16 selected.

A , = 3.03 sq. in.
11. Using 2 stiffening rings equally
spaced between one-third the depths
of heads (see figure). L , = 196 in.
111. The moment of inertia of the
selected angle: 11.4 in.
1. The value of Factor B :

B = 3 / 4 [ ~ ~ , t/ +( AJL.
314 [15 x 96/(0.5

)I =

+ 3.03 1 1 9 6

fl

= 2095
2. Since the value of B is less
than 2500,
A = 2B/E. =
2 x 2095/27,000,000 = 0.000 15
IV. The required moment of inertia:

'
I, =

ID,ZL,((r

As/Ls)A]

- 96'

x 196 x (0.5

+ 3.03 /

196) x 0.0001 5

= 9.97 in.4
14
14
Since the required moment of inertia (9.97 in' ) is smaller than the
moment of inertia of the selected angle (1 1.4 in' ) the vessel is adequately stiffened.
Stiffening rings may be subject to lateral buckling. This should be considered
in addition to the required moment of inertia.

See pages95-97 for stiffening ring calculations.

' au11
~ ~ n l e ~ ~ Jdq l juo ~pua
l i a d d n aul j o u o ! ] ~ a [ o i d le]uoz!ioq
aqt ~ I ! M
uol!sasla,u! ue atunsse ' a u ! ~a l n l e l a d ~ u a )aql j o pua
a q J~O l q a ! ~a q 01
~ s l l ~v
j j o anleA a q aiaqM
~
s a w 2 U I :ZION

0 UOlJVj

gC , 3R ?8 8LD $I 8

~ 3w ~8u; 88

? m i - '

:ri ~3n

5
00
C

V,
V,

2
e,

;;;
al

.-

vl

o m , ,
m . 2

<<

$ gwlm

'awl
a i n l e i a d u a l aql JO pua i a d d n aql J O uo!l3a!oid le)uoz!loq
aql ql!w uol!3aslalu! ue a u n s s a ' a u ! ~a i n l e l a d ~ a la q JO
~ pua
a q l JO )qS!i a q l 01 sllej v J O anlea aql a i a q w sase3 u l : 3 l O N
0 t1013Vj

8 8 8
-

Y)

44

'awl
a ~ n ~ e i a d m aaql
l J O pua iaddn aql J O u o ! i ~ a f o i d~ e l u o z ! i o q
aql q l ! uol!Jasialu!
~
ue alunsse 'awl ainleiadlual aql J O pua
aql J O ]q%!i aql 01 sllej v J O anleA aqi alaqM sase3 u l L LON

8 U013Vj

w
M

g
N

0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0
O.?O.$

0
0

R,,

$ g g g g
0.0.2

Z m m

g g 8

z.g

z.2

c
m

a ~ n l e i a d l u a laql j o pua iaddn aql j o uo!lsajoid lelUOZ!JOq

aql q l ! uol!2asJalu!
~
ue amnsse 'au!l ain]eiadlual aq] j o pua
aql J O ]qEi!i a q l 01 sllej v J O a n p aql a1aqM sase2 u l : 3 L O N
8 tl013VJ
w
00

o"o"8 8 8
9
'
0
.

E g g g

;zq g %

o
.

o
.

5 -

e
N

0)

IC

L
2

n
'
m

8,
0

g
y e
V1

cr: z

<

0)

m
IC

w
LD

+
5
X

d w ?

w
m
P

" 2P
0

m
IC
(D

-n
.-

-E
m

5
01
5
C

-am

V)

Basic wind speed, mph.

Pressure qS,psf.

70
13

80
17

90

100

110

21

26

31

120
37

Coefficient Ce

Height above
ground, ft.

Exposure C

Exposure B

0- 20
20- 40
40-60
60-100
1W150
150-200
2W300
300-400

1.2
1.3
1.5
1.6
1.8
1.9
2.1
2.2

0.7
0.8
1 .O
1.1
1.3
1.4
1.6
1.8

130
44

MAP OF WIND SPEED

I m ~ l e sper h o u r I

.-

-.

-..

-. .- ...

.-

70

".

--2-.

'..I

....

i S i E R I C A S NATIOSAL

DESIGN OF TALL TOWERS

WIND LOAD
Computation of wind load as alternate method based on standard ASA A58.1-1955. This
standard is obsolete but still used in some codes and foreign countries.
T h e wind pressure a t 3 0 ft. level above ground for the United States is shown o n
the map o n the facing page.
T h e table below gives the wind pressures for various heights above ground for the
areas indicated by the map.
*Multiply values o f P w with 0.80
w h e n the horizontal cross section
is hexagonal or octagonal and
with 0.60 w h e n the horizontal
cross section is circular or elliptical.

EXAMPLE
Find the wind pressure Pw from map.
T h e vessel is intended t o operate in Oklahoma, which is in the wind pressure map
area marked 3 0 . In this m a p area the wind pressures f o r various height zones are:
In the height zone less than 3 0 ft.
25 lb. per sq. ft.
In the height zone from 3 0 t o 4 9 ft. 3 0 lb. per sq. ft.
For cylindrical tower these values shall b e multiplied by shape factor 0.6, then the
wind pressure in different zones will b e 15 and 18 Ib. per sq. ft. respectively.
If many equipments are attached t o the tower it is advisable t o increase the shape
factor (according t o Brownell) u p t o 0.85 for cylindrical vessel.
Users of vessels usually specify for manufacturers the wind pressure without reference t o the height zones or map areas. For example: 3 0 lb. per sq. ft. This
specified pressure shall be considered t o be uniform o n the whole vessel.
Relation between wind pressure and wind velocity when t h e horizontal cross section
is circular, is given by the formula:
7

P, = 0.0025 x V,,-

where

P,, = wind pressure Ib. per sq. ft.

V, = wind velocity mph

EXAMPLE
Wind of 1 0 0 m p h velocity exerts a pressure:
P, = 0.0025 X V,' = 25 pounds per square foot pressure on the projected area of a cylindrical
vessel at a height of 30 feet above ground.
The total wind pressure o n a tower is the product of the unit pressure and the
projected area o f the tower. With good arrangement of the equipment the exposed
area of the wind can b e reduced considerably. F o r example, by locating the ladder
9 0 degrees from the vapor line.

MAP OF WIND PRESSURE

a
al

DESIGN O F T A L L TOWERS

WEIGHT OF THE VESSEL

T h e weight of the vessel results compressive stress only when eccentricity does not
exist and the resultant force coincides with the axis of the vessel. Usually the
compression due t o the weight is insignificant and is not controlling.
T h e weight shall b e calculated for the various conditions of the tower as follows:
A. Erection weight, which includes the weight of the:

1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
1 1.
12.

shell
heads
internal plate work
tray supports
insulation rings
openings
skirt
base ring
anchor ring
anchor lugs
miscellaneous
+ 6% of the weight of items 1 through 11 for
overweight of the plates and weight added by
the weldings

Equipments:
13.
14.
15.
16.
17.
18.

insulation
fireproofing
platform
ladder
piping
miscellaneous

Erection weight: the sum of items 1 through 18.

B. Operating weight, which includes the weight of the:

1. vessel in erection condition
2. trays
3. operating liquid

C. Test weight, which includes the weight of the:

1. vessel in erection condition
2. test water
T h e compressive stress due t o the weight given b y :

W
S = where
ct

S = unit stress, psi

W = weight of vessel above the section under consideration, Ib.
c = circumference of shell or skirt on the mean diameter. in.
t = thickness of the shell or skirt, in.

T h e weight of different vessel elements are given in tables beginning o n page 364

NOTES

DESIGN OF TALL TOWERS

COMBINATION OF STRESSES
The stresses induced by the previously described loadings shall be investigated in
combination to establish the governing stresses.
Combination of wind load (or earthquake load), internal pressure and weight of
the vessel:
Stress Condition
At windward side
Stress due t o wind
+ Stress due t o int. press.
- Stress due to weight

At leeward side

- Stress due t o wind

+
-

Stress due t o int. press.

Stress due to weight

Combination of wind load (or earthquake load), external pressure and weight of
the vessel:
Stress Condition
At windward side
Stress due t o wind
- Stress due to ext. press.
- Stress due t o weight

At leeward side
- Stress due t o wind
-

Stress due t o ext. press.

Stress due t o weight

The positive signs denote tension and the negative signs denote compression. The
summation of the stresses indicate whether tension or compression is governing.
It is assumed that wind and earthquake loads do not occur simultaneously, thus
the tower should be designed for either wind or earthquake load whichever is
greater.
Bending stress caused by excentricity shall be summarized with the stresses
resulting ftom wind or earthquake load.
The stresses shall be calculated at the following locations:
1.

2.
3.
4.

At
At
At
At

the bottom of the tower

the joint of the skirt to the head
the bottom head to the shell joint
changes of diameter or thickness of the vessel

The stresses furthermore shall be examined in the following conditions:

1,

2.
3.

During erection or dismantling

During test
D u r ~ n goperation

Under these different conditions, the weight of the vessel and consequently, the
stress conditions are also different. Besides. during erection or dismantling the
vessel is not under internal or external pressure.
For analyzing the strength of tall towers under various loadings by this
Handbook. the maximum stress theory has been applied.

EXAMPLE B (CONT.)
The preliminary calculation of the required wall thickness shows that at the bottom approximately 0.75 in.
plate is required, t o withstand the wind load and internal
pressure, while at the top the wind load is not factor
and for internal pressure (hoop tension) only 0.25 plate
is satisfactory. For economical reasons it is advisable t o
use different plate thicknesses at various heights of the
tower.
The thickness required for hoop tension (0.25 in.) serves
t o resist also the wind load t o a certain distance down
from the top.
Find this distance (X) from table A, Page 70
twltp = 0.23310.644 = 2.7 then X = 0.43 x H = 43 ft.
can be found the required
From diagram B, Page 70
thickness and length of the intermediate shell sections.
Using 8 ft. wide plates, the vessel shall be constructed
from:
(5) 0.25 thick 8 ft. wide courses
4 0 ft.
32 ft.
(4) 0.50 thick 8 ft. wide courses
24 ft.
(3) 0.75 thick 8 ft. wide courses
Total
96 ft.

Shell 40 x 97
32 X 195
24 X 294
Head top 0.3125 norn.
bot. 0.8125 nom.
Int. plate work
Tray supports
Insulation rings
Opening

6%

Say

WEIGHT OF THE TOWER

(See tables beginning on page 358)
3880
Skirt 4 x 195
6240
Base ring
7056
Anchor ring
160
Anchor lugs
393
800
+ 6%
110
220
Say
900
lnsulation
19759
Platform
1184
Ladder
20943 Ib.
piping
21 .000
Say

TOTAL ERECTION WEIGHT: 33,000 lb.

Trays
Operating liquid

+ Erection Wt.

600
2400
3000 Ib.
33,000 Ib.

TOTAL OPERATING WEIGHT: 36.000 lb.

Test water

+ Erection

Wt.

42,000 Ib.
33.000 lb.

TOTAL TEST WEIGHT: 75,000 lb.

For weight of water content, see Page 406

780
720
260
120
1880
113
1993
2000 lb.
4600
1160
2800
1400
9960
10,000 lb.

EXAMPLE B (CONT.)
Checking the stresses with the preliminary calculated plate thicknesses:
Stress in.the shell at the bottom head to shell joint:
Plate thickness 0.75 in.
PD
150X36.75
= 1837 psi
Stress due to internal pressure S = - =
4t
4 x 0.75
12 X 638,220
12 M, Stress due to wind
S =
R' IT t
18.3752 x 3.14 x 0.75
W 31,000
s
=
= 358 psi
Stress due to weight.
Cmt
115.5 x 0.75
in erection condition
s = - - W - 34'000 = 392 psi
in operating condition
Cmr
115.5 x 0.75

9,632 psi

COMBINATION O F STRESSES
WINDWARD SIDE
LEEWARD SIDE
IN EMPTY (ERECTION) CONDITION
Stress due to wind
Stress due t o weight

+ 9,640
-

358

Stress due t o wind

Stress due t o weight

+ 9,282 psi
( N o int. pressure during erection)
IN OPERATING CONDITION
Stress due t o int. press. + 1,837
Stress due t o wind
Stress due t o wind
+ 9,640
Stress due t o weight
+ 11,477
Stress due t o weight
392
Stress due t o int. press.
L

9,640
358

9,998 psi

--

9,640
392
10,032
1,837

+ 11,085 psi

- 8,195 psi
The tensile stress 11,085 psi in operating condition on the windward side governs.
The allowable stress for the plate material with 0.85 joint efficiency is 11687.5 psi.
Thus the selected 0.75 in. thick plate at the bottom of the vessel is satisfactory.

Stress in the she11 a t 7 2 ft. down from the t o p of tower. Plate thickness 0.50 in.
Stress due to wind.
X
PwXD,XX=VX-=MI
2
Shell
30 X 3.5 X 72 = 7,560 X 36 = 272.160
= 240 x 68 =
Platform
30 X 8 lin.-ft.
16,320
Ladder
30 X 70 1in.-ft. = 2,100 x 35 = 73.500
= 361.980 ft.-lb.
Total Moment Mr
12 M
12
X 361,980
s=-=
= 8,303 psi
R2 IT t
18.2Y X 3.14 x 0.50
Stress due to internal pressure
(As calculated previously)
1,837
10, I40 psi
Total
The calculation of stresses at the bottom head has shown that the stresses on the
windward side in operating condition govern and the effect of the weight is insignificant. Therefore without further calculation it can be seen that the tensile stress
10,142 psi does not exceed the allowable stress 11,687.5 psi. Thus the selected 0 . 5 0
in. thick plate is satisfactory.

EXAMPLE B (CONT.)

Stress in the shell at 40 ft. down from the top of the tower. Plate thickness 0.25 in.

Stress due to wind.

X
P , x D , X X = V X - = M
2
"
Shell
30 x 3.5 x 40 = 4,200 x 20 = 84.000
Platform
'30 x 8 lin. ft. = 240 x 36 =
8,640
Ladder
30 X 38 lin. ft. = 1.140 x 19 = 21,660
= 114,300 ft.-lb.
Total Moment Mx
12 X 114,300
12 M , S =
= 5,316 psi
R2 IT t
18.1252 x 3.14 x 0.25
Stress due to internal pressure
(As calculated previously)
1,837 psi
Total
7,153 psi

The 0.25 in. thick plate for shell at 40 ft. distance from top of the tower is
satisfactory. No further calculation is required on the same reason mentioned above.

TABLE B
NUMBER O F ANCHOR BOLTS
Diameter of
Bolt circle in.
24 to
42 to
60 to
84 t o
108 t o
131 to

36
54
78
102
126
144

hllnimum

Maximum

4
8
12
1216
20

4
8
12
16
20
24

1
TABLE C
MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE STRESSES FOR
BOLTS USED AS ANCHOR BOLT
Specification
Number
SA
SA
SA
SA
SA
I

325
193 B 7
193 B16
193 B 7
193 B 16

D i a m e t e r in,

Max. allow.
Stress psi.

All diameters
2% and under
3% and under
Over2Yz t o 4 incl.
Over?% t o 4 incl.

15 .OOO
18,000
18,000
16,000
15,700

DESIGN OF ANCHOR BOLT

(Approximate Method)
A simple method for the design of anchor bolts is to assume the bolts replaced by a
continuous ring whose diameter is equal t o the bolt circle.
The required area of bolts shall be calculated for empty condition of tower.
FORMULAS
T = -12M
--

Maximum
Tension Ib./lin. in.

Required Area of
One Bolt Sq. - in.

B,

Stress in Anchor
Bolt psi.

SE

CB

AE

K!

B,

S,

=-

SBN

T CE
BA N

NOTATION
Area within the bolt circle, sq. in.
= Circumference of bolt circle in.
= Moment at the base due to wind or earthquake, ft. Ib.
= Number of anchor bolts
= Maximum allowable stress value of bolt material psi.
= Weight of the vessel during erection, lb.

A,
C,
M
N
S,
W

EXAMPLE
Given bolt circle
A,
C,

M
W

=
=

S,

30 in.; then:

707 sq. in.

= 94 in.

86400 ft. Ib.

6000 lb. during erection.
= 15000 psi. the maximum
allowable stress value of
the
= 4 number of bolts.
(See Table B on the
Preceding Page)

Determine the size and number of required

anchor bolts.
12

86,400 - 6,000
- - 1.402 lb./lin. in.
707
94
1,402 X 94
B, =
= 2.196 sq. in.
15,000 X 4
T =

From Table A. Page 75 the root area of

2" bolt is 2.300 sq. in.
Adding 0.125 in. for corrosion, use:
(4) 2%" bolts.
Checking stress in anchor bolt:
1,402 X 94
S, =
= 14,324 psi
2.300 X 4
Since the maximum allowable stress is
15,000 psi, the selected number and size
of bolts are satisfactory.

DESIGN O F ANCHOR BOLT AND BASE RING

ises in the steel and on the

decreased. With the design method given here, the minimum required anchor bolt
area for a practical size of base ring can be found. The strength of the steel and
the concrete is different, therefore, the neutral axis does not coincide with the
centerline of the skirt.
Design procedure:
1. Determine the value of k
2. Calculate the required size and number of
anchor bolts. See page 77 Table B
3. Determine the inside and outside diameter of the

foundation

5. If the deviation between the allowable and

a c t u a l stresses are too large, repeat the
calculatidn
6. Calculate the base ring thickness
7. U s e g u s s e t p l a t e s , a n c h o r c h a i r s o r

See notation on facing page.

DESIGN OF ANCHOR BOLT AND BASE RING

FORMULAS
J L

l''

Value of constant, k dimensionless

Min.
Total required area o f a n c h o r bolts
~t sq. - in.

1
1 + (so/nA.h)

BI = 2n

12M- W z d
C, Sojd
2kdcl

Relationship between max. allowable

compressive stress a t t h e outside edge
of base ring and a t t h e bolt circle.

.L =.hh

.L

2kd

1
C

Tensile load o n a n c h o r bolts, F t Ib.

= ./;

M - WzD
F, = 7ID

F,
so= ---

Tensile stress in a n c h o r bolts, S a , psi.

IrrC,

Thickness of a ring which has a n

area equal t o t h e area o f a n c h o r
bolts, ts, in.

b@

(B
-2

'-nd

Compression load o n t h e concrete,

Fc, Ib.
t

Compressive stress in t h e concrete a t

the bolt circle. fcb psi.

F, = F, + W

.f

l h

Relationship between tension i n steel

a n d compression in concrete.
Base ring thickness w i t h o u t gusset
plate, t ~ in.,
Base ring thickness with gusset
plate, tB, in.

6
(I, + nt,)
rC,

so= nf,'
18 =

,8 =

Jm

11

-16!\frnax
S

NOTATION
The distance between gusset plates. measured on arc of bolt circle in.
Total area required for anchor bolt sq. in.
B,
C,,C, = Constants, see Table D on the preceding page.
d
= Diameter of anchor bolt circle, in.
D
= Diameter of anchor bolt circle, ft.
= Compressive stress in the concrete at the outcr edge of the base ring. psi.
f;
= Compressive stress in the concrcte at the bolt circle. psi.
j ,
= Constant. see Table D on the preceding page.
j
I,
= / - r , i n . =widthofthebasering,in.
= Moment at the base due to wind or earthquake ft. Ib.
M
M,,,cLr= M , or M , , whichever is greater. See Table F on the preceding page.
n
= Ratio of modulus of elasticity of steel and concrete Es/Ec. See Table E.
r
= Radius of bolt circlc. in.
= Tensile stress in anchor bolts. psi.
S,
S
= blaximum allowable htrcss value of base plate. psi.
W
= Weight of the tower at the base. Ib.
Constant. See Table D on the preceding page.
h

DESIGN OF ANCHOR BOLT AND BASE RING

EXAMPLE
DESIGN DATA:
D = 5 ft., 0 in. diameter of anchor bolt circle.
d
= 60 in, diameter of anchor bolt circle.
n
= 10, ratio of modulus of elasticity of steel
and concrete (Table E. Page 77)
f, = 1.200 psi allowable compr. strength of
concrete (Table E, Page 80)
S
= 15,000 psi allowable stress value of base
ring.
S, = 18,000 psi allowable tensile stress in bolts.
W = 36,000 lb. weight of the tower.
M = 692.100 ft. lb. moment at the base.

DETERMINE:
The size and number of
anchor bolts;
The width and thickness
of base ring.

tBl

\I-4
2,r

1 = 8"

SOLUTION:
Assume 8 in. wide base ring and a compressive stress at the bolt circle, fcb

+S,

nfrb

fib

= f,

2kd

-- 1,200
1
2
2kd

1
18,000

+
10

1,000

1,000 psi.

Then the constants from

Table D are:
C, = 1.640
C , = 2.333
j
= 0.783
z
= 0.427

0.35

2 x 0.35 x 60
x 0.35 x 60 x 8

1,008 psi

This is in sufficient agreement with the assumed

value off,, = 1,000 psi

Required area of anchor bolts

12M - Wzd
12 x 692,100 - 36,000 x 0.427 x 60
B , = 271
= 6.28
2.333 x 18.000 x 0.783 x 60
c, s, jd

23.50 sq. in.

Using 12 anchor bolts, the required root area for one bolt
23.50112 = 1.958 in.
From Table A 1% in. diameter bolt would be satisfactory but adding '/B in. for corrosion,
use (12) -2 in. diameter anchor bolts.
Tensile load on the anchor bolts
M - Wz D 692,100 - 36,000 x 0.427 x 5 = 157,150 1b.
F, =
10
0.783 X 5
Tensile stress in the anchor bolts
S, =

F,
tsr

t, =

ct

B,
n d

157,150
0.125 x 30 x 2.333 =
-

(14

psi

23.50
= 0.125 in.
3.14~60

Compressive load on the concrete: 1,

frb

173960

F,
+ nts) r C , (7.875

10

ts = 8.0 - 0.125 = 7.875 in.

193,150
0.125) 30

1.640 = 430 psi

DESIGN O F ANCHOR BOLT AND BASE RING

EXAMPLE (CONT.)

Checking value of k which was calculated with assumed values of fc,

1,000 psi and

S, = 18,000

k =

+&

10

nf,b

M - WzD

F, =

17,960

F,

0.775
-

157,192 Ib.

157,192
= 15,624 psi
0.125 x 30 x 2.683

tSrC,
F , + W = 1 5 7 . 1 9 2 + 3 6 . 0 0 0 = 193,192Ib.

Fc=

fcb

36.000 x 0.461

JD
S, =

0.19

430

692,100

Then the constants from

Table D are:
C , = 1.184
C , = 2.683
j
= 0.775
z
= 0.461

F~

(1,

+ nts)rC,

(7.875

193,192
10 x 0.125)30 x 1.184 = 596 psi

Compressive stress in the anchor bolts:

S, = nf,, = 10 x 596 = 5,960 psi
Compressive stress in the concrete at the outer edge of the base ring:
2kd + I

fc = fcb

7
= 596

2
X

Required thickness of base ring

t, = 1, V' 3 f,/ S = 6

0.19 X 60 + 8
2 x 0.19 x 60

1,

6 in.

2.406 in.

d z -

805 psi

To decrease the thickness of the base ring, use gusset plates.

Using (24) gusset plates, the distance between the gussets,

1'

7r d = 7.85" .
b =24
'b

6 = 7.85

from Table F:
M,,,, = M , = 0.196fcl,2
t, =

dz=

0.196

0.764

805

62 = 5680in. Ib.

1.5076 in. Use IYi1 in. thick base plate.

86

STRESSES IN LARGE

HORIZONTAL VESSELS
SUPPORTED BY SADDLES

The design methods of supports for horizontal vessels are based on L. P. Zick's
analysis presented in 195 1. The ASME published Zick's work (Pressure Vessel
and Piping Design) as recommended practice. The API Standard 2510 also refers
to the analysis of Zick. The British Standard 1515 adopted this method with
slight modification and further refinement. Zick's work has also been used in
different studies published in books and various technical periodicals.
The design method of this Handbook is based on the revised analysis mentioned
above. (Pressure Vessel and Piping; Design and Analysis, ASME, 1972)
A horizontal vessel on saddle support acts as a beam with the following deviations:
1. The loading conditions are different for a full or partially filled vessel.
2. The stresses in the vessel vary according to the angle included by the saddles.
3. The load due to the weight of the vessel is combined with other loads.
LOADINGS:
1. Reaction of the saddles. It is a recommended practice to design the vessel
for at least a full waterload.
2. Internal Pressure. Since the longitudinal stress in the vessel is only one half of
the circumferential stress, about one half of the actually used plate thickness
is available to resist the load of the weight.

3. External pressure. If the vessel is not designed for full vacuum because vacuum
occurs incidentally only, a vacuum relief valve should be provided especially
when the vessel outlet is connected to a pump.
4. Wind load, Long vessels with very small t/r values are subject to distortion
from wind pressure. According to Zick "experience indicates that a vessel
designed to 1 psi. external pressure can successfully resist external loads encountered in normal service."

5. Impact Loads. Experience shows, that during shipping, hardly calculable impact loads can damage the vessels. When designing the width of the saddles
and the weld sizes, this circumstance is to be considered.

LOCATION OF SADDLES.
The use of only two saddles is preferred both statically and economically over
the multiple support system, this is true even if the use of stiffener rings is
necessary. The location of the saddles is sometimes determined by the location
of openings, sumps, etc., in the bottom of the vessel. If this is not the case,
then the saddles can be placed at the statically optimal point. Thin walled
vessels with a large diameter are best supported near the heads, so as to utilize
the stiffening effect of the heads. Long thick walled vessels are best supported
where the maximal longitudinal bending stress at the saddles is nearly equal to the
stress at the midspan. This point varies with the contact angle of the saddles. The
distance between the head tangent line and the saddle shall in no case be more than
0.2 times the length of the vessel. (L)
Contact Angle 0
The minimum contact angle suggested by the ASME Code is 120, except for
very small vessels. (Code Appendix (3-6). For unstiffened cylinders under external pressure the contact angle is mandatorily limited t o 120" by the ASME Code.
(UG-29).
Vessels supported by saddles are subject to:
1. Longitudinal bending stress
2. Tangential shear stress

3. Circumferential stress

STRESSES IN VESSELS ON TWO SADDLES

cn

NOTES:

Positive values denote tensile stresses and negative values denote compression.

cn
p!

E = Modulus of elasticity of shell or stiffener ring rnaterial,pound per square inch

il

The maximum bending stress S l may be either tension or compression.

E3

When the shell is stiffened, the value of factor K = 3.14 in the formula for S I .

Computing the tension stress in the formula for S1, for factor K the values of
K1 shall be used.
Computing
the compression stress in the formula for S1, for factor K the values
4
4 of Kg shall be used.

The compression stress is not factor in a steel vessel where t / R 0 . 0 0 5 and the
vessel is designed t o be fully stressed under internal pressure.

Use stiffener ring if stress S l exceeds ihe maximum allowable stress.

2
p!

If wear plate is used, in formulas for S2 for the thickness ts may be taken the
sum of the shell and wear plate thickness, provided the wear plate extends R/ 10
inches above the horn of the saddle near the head and extends between the
saddle and an adjacent stiffener ring.

V1

In unstiffened shell the maximum shear occurs at the horn of the saddle. When
the head stiffness is utilized by locating the saddle close t o the heads, the
tangential shear stress can cause an additional stress (S3) in the heads. This
stress shall be added to the stress in the heads due to internal pressure.
When stiffener rings are used, the maximum shear occurs at the equator.

If wear plate is used, in formulas for S4 for the yickness ts may be taken the
sum o f the shell and wear plate thickness and for ts may be taken the shell thickness squared plus the wear plate thickness squared, provided the wear plate
4 extends R/10 inches above the horn of the saddle , and A < R / 2 . The combined
4 circumferential stress at the top edge of the wear plate should also be checked.
When checking at this point: ts = shell thickness,
z
b = width of saddle
W
B = central angle of the wear plate but not more
p!
than the included angle of the saddle plus 12'
If wear plate is used, in formulas for S5 for the thickness ts may be taken the
E sum of the shell and wear d a t e thickness, provided the width of the wear plate
3 equals at least b + 1.560 If the shell is not stiffened, the maximum stress occurs at the horn of the saddle.
This stress is not be t o added t o the internal pressurestress.
U In a stiffened shell the maximum ring-compression is at the bottom of shell.
Use stiffener ring if the circumferential bending stress exceeds the maximum
allowable stress.

STRESSES IN LARGE HORIZONTAL VESSELS SUPPORTED BY TWO

SADDLES
VALUES OF CONSTANT K,

I 7 ' ' 1 1 ' 1 1 1 \ 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 l j l I 1

O:O

0.5

1 .O
RATIO AIR

l l l l I i ' " ' 1

1.5

2.0

STRESSES IN LARGE HORIZONTAL VESSELS SUPPORTED BY TWO

SADDLES

EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS
H

Design Data
A = 48 in. distance from tangent line
of head t o the center of saddle
b = 24 in. width of saddle
H = 21 in. depth of dish of head
L = %O in. length of vessel tan.-tan.
P = 250 psi. internal design pressure
Q = 300,000 lb. load on one saddle
R = 60 in. outside radius of shell
ts = 1.00 in. thickness of shell
8 = 120 deg. contact angle
Shell material: SA 5 15-70 plate
Allowable stress value 17,500 psi.
Yield point 38,000 psi.
Joint Efficiency: 0.85

LONGITUDINAL BENDING STRESS (S,)

Stress at the saddles
1 --+

48

60'-21'

1 + ------

S1=

3 x 960

Kl R 2 t ,

0.335

602 x 1

Stress at rnidspan
602 - 21'

S, =

1 +-

rtR2t1

Stress due to internal pressure:

3 x 960

3.14 x 602 x 1

PR = ----250 x 60
21,

2 x 1

= 7500 psi

The sum o f tensional stresses: 4959 + 7500 = 12,459 psi

It does not exceed the stress value of the girth seam: 17.500 x .O85 = 14,875 psi
Compression stress is not factor since t/R > 0.005; 1/60 = 0.017

= 4959 psi

STIFFENER RING
FOR LARGE HORIZONTAL VESSELS SUPPORTED BY
SADDLES

VALUES OF C0NSTANT.K
(Interpolate for Interme&ate Values)
Contact
Angle 0

1200

1300

1400

1500

1600

1700

1800

K9

.34

.33

.32

.30

.29

.27

.25

K10

.053

.045

.037

.032

.026

.022

.017

NOTES:
1. In figures & formulas A-F positive signs denote tensile stresses and negative
signs denote compression.
2. The first part of the formulas for S6 gives the direct stress and the second part
gives the circumferential bending stress.
3. If the governing combined stress is tensional, the stress due to internal
PR shall be added.
pressure, -

ts

CALCULATION OF MOMENT OF INERTIA (I)

1. Determine the width of shell that is effective to resist the circumferential
; 0.78
bending moment. The effective width = 1.56 4
on both sides of the stiffener ring.
2. Divide the stiffener ring into rectangles and oalculate the areas (a) of each
rectangles, including the area of shell section within the effective width. Add
the areas (a) total area = A.
3. Multiply the areas (a) with the distances (Y) from the shell to the center of
gravity of the rectangles. Summarize the results and denote it AY.
4. Determine the neutral axis of the stiffener ring,the distance (C) from the shell
to the neutral axis c = AY
A

5. Determine the distances (h) from the neutral axis to the center of gravity of
each rectangle of the stiffener.
6. Multiply the square of distances (h2) by the areas (a) and summarize the
results to obtain AH^
7. Calculate the moment of inertia Ig of each rectangles Ig b d3
b =
the width and d = the depth of the rectangles.

where

8. The sum of AH^ and C I gives the moment of inertia of the stiffener ring
and the effective area of the sell.
See example calculations on the following pages.

EXPANSION AND CONTRACTION

OF HORIZONTAL VESSELS

coefficient of linear expansion for carbon steel per unit length and per degree
F = 0.0000067. The table below shows the minimum length of the slot. Dimension "a" calculated for the linear expansion of carbon steel material between 700F

SADDLE
FOR SUPPORT OF HORIZONTAL VESSELS

1" rnin.

A-

The design based on:

1. the vessel supported by two saddles
2. to resist horizontal force (F) due to the maximum operating weight of vessel as
tabulated.
3. the tensile stress value of saddle material is not less than 13,750 psi; the maximum
allowable stress 213 of 13,750 = 9,166 psi.
4. the maximum allowable load on concrete foundation 500 psi.

5. the minimum contact angle of shell and saddle 120".

Weld: 114" continous fillet weld all contacting plate edges.
Drill and tap 114 weep holes in wear plate.
At the sliding saddle the nuts of the anchor bolts shall be hand-tight and secured by tack
welding.

SEE FACING PAGE FOR DIMENSlONS

VALUE OF K, & K ,

The stress due to internal pressure:

PR
- - 100x100
-

2t

2 x 1.8

The sum of stresses:

- 5837 + 2778 =

2778 psi

3,0i59 psi.

It does not exceed the stress value of the girth seam:

17,500 x 0.85 = 14,875 psi

VALUE OF K,

LIFTING ATTACHMENTS

MINIMUM DIMENSIONS O F LIFTING LUGS USING SHACKLE

All dimensions in inches.

OPENINGS
Where external piping is connected to the vessel, the scope of the Code includes:
(a) the welding end connection for the first circumferential joint for welded
connections
(b) the first threaded joint for screwed connections
(c) the face of the first flange for bolted, flanged connections
(d) the first sealing surface for proprietary connections or fittings
Code U-l(e)(l)
SHAPE OF OPENINGS
Openings in pressure vessels shall preferably be circular, elliptical or obround.
An obround opening is one which formed by two parallel sides and semicircular
ends. The opening made by a pipe or a circular nozzle, the axis of which is not
perpendicular to the vessel wall or head, may be considered an elliptical opening
for design purposes.
Openings may be of other shapes than the above. (See Code UG-36.)
SIZE OF OPENINGS.
Properly reinforced openings are not limited as to size, but, when the opening
in the head of a cylindrical shell is larger than one half the inside diameter of
the head, it is recommended to use in place of heads shell-reducer sections as
shown in the Code Fig. UG-36.
NOZZLE NECK THICKNESS.
For vessels under internal pressure (access and inspection openings excluded)
(Code UG-45) :
The wall thickness of nozzle neck o r other connection shall not be less that the
greater of the following:
(1) the thickness computed for the applicable loadings on the nozzle neck,
(pressure. reaction of piping, etc.)
(2) the smaller of the following:
(a) the thickness of the shcll o r head (to which the nozzle is attached)
required for internal pressure (assuming E = 1.0) plus corrosion
allowance, but for welded vessels in n o case less than 1/16 in.
(b)the minimum thickness of standard wall pipe plus corrosion allowance.
The minimum thickness of a pipe (ANSI B 36.10 - 1985) is the nominal
wall thickness less 12.5 percent allowable tolerance.
See page 140 .

INSPECTION OPENINGS
All pressure vessels for use with compressed air and those subject t o internal
corrosion, erosion or mechanical abrasion, shall be provided with suitable
manhole, handhole, or other inspection openings for examination and cleaning.
The required inspection openings shown in the table below are selected from the
alternatives dlowed by the Code, UG-46, as they are considered to be the most
economical.
INSPECTION OPENINGS ARE NOT REQUIRED:
INSIDE
DIAMETER
OF VESSEL

over 12 in.
less than 18 in.

18 in.
to
36 in. inclusive

over

36 in.

INSPECTION
OPENING
REQUIRED

two - 1 % in.
pipe size threaded
opening

rnin. 15 in. I.D.

manhole
or
two - 2 in.
pipe size threaded
opening

rnin. 15 in. I.D.

manhole
or
two - 6 in.
pipe size nozzle

1. for vessels 12 in. or less inside diameter

if there are at least two minimum %
in. pipe size removable connections.
2. for vessels over 12 in. but less than
16 in. inside diameter, that are to be
installed so that they must be disconnected from an assembly to permit
inspection, if there are at least two
removable connections not less than
1Yz in. pipe size. UG46(e).
3. for vessels over 12 in. inside diameter
under air pressure which also contain
other substances which will prevent
corrosion, providing the vessel contains suitable openings through which
inspection can be made conveniently,
and providing such openings are equivalent in size and number to the requirement of the table. UG46(c).
4. for vessels (not over 36 in. I.D.) which
are provided with teltale holes (one
hole min. per 10 sq. ft.) complying
with the provisions of the Code UG-25,
which are subject only to corrosion
and are not in compressed air service.
UG-46(b).

The preferable location of small inspection openings is in each head or near each
head.
In place of two smaller openings a single opening may be used, provided it is of
such size and location as to afford at least an equal view of the interior.
compressed air as used here is not intended to include air which has had moisture
removed to the degree that it has an atmospheric dew point of -50 F or less. The
manufacturer's Data Report shall include a statement "for non-corrosive service"
and Code paragraph number when inspection openings are not provided.
NOZZLE NECK THICKNESS
The wall thickness of a nozzle neck or other connection used as access or
inspection opening only shall not be less than the thickness computed for the
applicable loadings plus corrosion allowance.

WITHOUT REINFORCING PAD

a=
a,

t=
NOZZLE WITH

tn =

Min. weld size = t or tn or 0.375 in.

whichever is the smallest, in.
a, = 1 % x the smallest o f t , t, or I in.

thickness, welding procedure

Thickness of vessel wall less corrosion
allowance, in.
Nominal thickness of nozzle wall less

SUGGESTED MINIMUM
EXTENSION OF OPENINGS

Reinforcement o f Opcnirlgs
IIESIGN FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE
Single, welded openlngs not subject t o rapid iluctuation in pressure d o not
require r e i n f o r c l ~ ~ifg are not larger than:
3 inch pipe size - in vessel wall 318 in. o r less
2 inch pipe size - in vessel wall over 318 in. (Code UG-36 (c) (3)
Larger openings than the above shall be reinforced. T h e
rules for reinforcement o i openings are taken from the
Code, UG-36 through U G 4 4 , and are intended t o apply
primarily t o openings n o t exceeding the following:
F o r vessels 6 0 in. diameter and less: 112 the vessel diameter, but not t o exceed 3-0 in.
For vessels over 60 in. diameter: 113 the vessel diameter
but n o t t o exceed 4 0 in.Larger opening should be given
special attention as described in Code Appendix 1-7.
Here is given a brief outline of reinforcement design for
Fig. A
better understanding o f the procedure described o n the
following pages.
T h e basic requirement is that around the opening the vessel must be reinforced with
an equal a m o u n t of metal which has been c u t out for the opening. T h e reinforcement may be an integral part of the vessel and nozzle o r may be an additional reinforcing pad. (Fig. A)
This slmple rule, however, needs iurtlier refinements as follows:
1. It is not necessary t o replace the actually removed a m o u n t of metal, but only
the a m o u n t which is required t o resist the internal pressure. (A). This required
thickness of the vessel a t the openings is usually less than at other points o i the
shell or head.
2. T h e plate actually used a n d nozzle neck usually are thicker than would be
required a c c o r d ~ n gt o calculation. T h e excess in the vessel wall ( A ] ) and nozzle
wall (A?) serve as reinforcements. Likewise the inside extension of the opening
( A j ) and the area of the weld metal (4)
can also be taken into consideration
as reinforcement.
3 . T h e relnforcement must be within a certaln limit.
4. T h e area of reinforcement must be proportionally increased if its stress value
1s lower than that o f the vessel wall.
5. T h e area requirement for reinforcement must be satisfled for all planes through
the center of openlng and normal t o the vessel surface.
T h e required cross-sectional area o f the relnforcement then shall be:
T h e required area for the shell o r head t o resist the Internal pressure, ( A I .
F r o m thls area subtracted the excess aress a v a i l ~ b l ewlthln the limit (A1 A?
A3 A1) I f the s u m of the areas availsble for reinforcement (A1 + A? + A3 +
A4) IS equal o r greater than the area to be replaced (A), the opening is adequately reinf'orced. Otherwise the diif'erence must be supplied by reinforcing pad
(As).
S o m e manufacturers follow a sinlple practice using reinforcing pads with a crosssectional area which is equal t o the metal area actually removed for the opening.
This practice results in oversized relnforcement, but with the elimination of calculations they find it more economical.

REINFORCEMENT FOR OPENINGS (cont.)

DESIGN FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE
1 . AREA OF REINFORCEMENT

For vessels under internal pressure the total crosssectional area required for reinforcement of openings,
A shall not be less than:
A = d x t,, where
d = the inside diameter of opening in its corroded condition, inches
tr = the required thickness of shell or head computed
by the applicable formulas using E = 1.0 when the
opening is in solid plate or in a category B joint.
When the opening passes through any other welded joint, E = the efficiency of that joint. When
the opening is in a vessel which is radiographically
not examined, E = 0.85 for type No. 1 joint and E
= 0.80 for type No. 2 joint.
When the opening and its reinforcement are entirely
within the spherical portion of a flanged and dished
head, tr is the thickness required by the applicable
formulas using M = 1
When the opening is in a cone, t r is the thickness
required for a seamless cone of diameter, D
measured where the nozzle axis intersects the wall
of the cone.
When the opening and its reinforcement are in a
2: 1 ellipsoidal head and are located entirely within a
circle the center of which coincides with the center
of the head and the diameter of which equal to
0.8 times the head diameter, tr is the thickness required for seamless sphere of radius 0.9 times the
diameter of the head.
If the stress value of the opening's material is less
than that of the vessel material, the required area,
A shall be increased. (See next page and examples)

2. AVAILABLE AREAS FOR REINFORCEMENT

D

FI

&'+ M

A1 = Area of excess thickness in the vessel wall (t-t,) d or

(t-t,) (t, + t) 2 use the larger value, square inches
If the stress value of the opening's material is less
than that of the vessel material, area, A1 shall be
decreased. (see next page and examples)
A2 = Area of excess thickness in the nozzle wall (tn-I,,)
St or (tn-trn) Stn use the smaller value, square inches
A3 = Area of d e extension of the nozzle square inches
(tn-C)2h
A4 = Area of welds, square inches
If the sum of A, A2 A3 and A4 is less than the area
for reinforcement required, A the difference must be
supplied by reinforcing pad.

REINFORCEMENT FOR OPENlNGS (cont.)

DESIGN FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE
3. LIMITS OF REINFORCEMENT

tr

1'

CL

'

NOTATION
t = thickness of the
vessel wall less

The metal used as reinforcement must be located within

the limits.
The limit measured parallel to the vessel wall X = d or
Rn + tn + t,use larger value.
The limit measured parallel to the nozzle wall Y = 2.5 t or
2.5 tn,use smaller value
When additional reinforcing pad is used, the limit, Y to be
measured from the outside surface of the reinforcing pad.
Rn = inside radius of nozzle in corroded condition, inches
For other notations, see the precedng page.

ance, inches
tr = see preceding
Page
4. STRENGTH OF REINFORCEMENT
tn = nominal thickness of nozzle
If the strength of materials in areas, A , , A,, A3, A, and
wall irrespective
A5 or the material of the reinforcing pad are lower
of product form,
than that of the vessel material, their area considered
less corrosion
allowance, inches as reinforcement shall be proportionally decreased and
the required area, A in inverse proportion increased.
trn= required thickThe strength of the deposited weld metal shall be conness
sidered as equivalent to the weaker material of the
nozzle wall,
joint.
inches
It is advisable to use for reinforcing pad material idenh = distance
tical with the vessel material.
projects bey0nd No credit shall be taken for additional strength of reinthe her
wrface forcement having higher stress value than that of the
of the vessel
vessel wall.
wall less corroEXAMPLES:
sion allowance,
1. a. The stress value of nozzle material: 15,000 psi.
inches
The stress value of shell material: 17,500 psi.
c = corrosion allowRatio 15,000/17,500 = 0.857
ance, inches
To the required area, A shall be added:
d = see preceding
Page
+ 2tn X tr (1-0.857)
b. From the area A , shall be subtracted:
- 2tn X (t-tr) (1-0.857)
2. Using identical material for the vessel and reinforcing pad, the required area for reinforcement
is 12 inches.
If the stress value of vessel material = 17,500 psi.,
the stress value of the nozzle material = 15,000

1.

x I,

ratio 17,500/15,000 = 1.167

In this proportion shall be increased the area of
reinforcing pad:
12 x 1.167 = 14.00 square inches

132
REINFORCEMENT O F OPENINGS (cont.)

Tlle arc3 rcquircmcnt ior rciniorcement

must be satisiied for all planes through
tllc center o i opening and norms1 t o the
vesscl suriscz. Whcn thc long dlrnension
o i an elliptical or obround opening excceds twice the short dimensions, the
reiniorcemcnt across the short dlmensions shs11 be increased as necessary to
provide sgsinst excessive distortion due
t o tw~stinpmoment. Code UG-36 (a) ( I ) .

Slnce the circumferential stress in a cylindricd/conical/shells is two times greater

than the longitudinal stress, at the openrng the plane containing the axis of tllc
shell i j the plane o i the greatest unit
loading due to pressure. On the plane
perpendicular to the vessel avis the unit
loading is one half' o i this.

Cturt shows the variation of the strcsses

on different plxnes. (Factor F )
The total cross-sectional area in any
pl3r.e~slisll be: A = d x tr x F
According t o the Codc, iactor F may be
used for integrally re~niorcedopenings in
s cones. (UG-36)
cylindrical d ~ e l l and

XTEKSAL PRESSURE.
the wall thickness required by the rules for vessels under external pressure. Code
REINFORCEMENT OF OPENINGS FOR EXTERNAL P W S S U R E .
The cross-sectional area (A) o i relniorcernent required i'or openings in vessels subject t o external pressure:

d=

Diameter In the given plane o i the opening in ~ t scorroded condition,

nputation o i the required re~nforcement ares on d~iiererlt
prcssurc-stress varies) when the opening is in cylindrical
and ~nteprally reinforced. For sll ottlcr configurations the

REINFORCEMENT OF OPENINGS
EXAMPLES
Design data:
Inside diameter of shell 48 in.
Design pressure 250 psi. at 200' F.
Shell material: SA-285-C
t = 0.625 in.
S = 13,800 psi.
The vessel is spot radiographed
No allowance for corrosion
Nozzle material: SA-53-B
S = 15,000 psi. tn = 0.432 in.
Nozzle nom. size: 6 in.
Extension of nozzle inside the
vessel: 1.5 in.
h = 2.5tn = 2.5 x 0.432 = 1.08 in.
The nozzle does not pass through seams.
Fillet weld size: 0.375 in.

EXAMPLE 1.

':.'Tt-:.

i
+
M

Wall thickness required:

for shell, t =

PR
SE - 0.6P

for nozzle, t rn

PRn

SE - 0.6P

250 x 24
13,800 x 1.0 - 0.6 x 250
=

250 x 2.88
15,000 x 1.0-0.6 x 250

0.440 in.
=

AREA OF REINFORCEMENT REQUIRED

A = dtr = 5.761 x 0.440 =

0.048 in.

2.535 sq. in.

AREA OF REINFORCEMENT AVAILABLE

A1

(Excess in shell.) Larger of following:

(t - tr) d = (0.625 - 0.440) x 5.761 or
(t - tr) (tn + t) 2 = (0.625-0.440) x (0.432

1.066 sq. in.

0.625) x 2 =
0.391 sq. in.

A2 = (Excess in nozzle neck.) Smaller of following:

(tn - trn) 5t = (0.432-0.048) x 5 x 0.625 = 1,200 sq. in.
(tri - trn) 5tn = (0.432-0.048) x 5 x 0.432 =
(No credit for additional strength of nozzle material having
value than that of the vessel wall.
A3 = (Inside projection.) tn x 2h = 0.432 x 2 x 1.08 =
A4 = (Area of fillet weld.) 0.375'
A5 = (Area of fillet weld inside) 0.375*
TOTAL AREA AVAILABLE
Since this area is greater than the area required for
reinforcement, additional reinforcement is not
needed.

0.829 sq. in.

higher stress
0.933 sq. in.
0.140 sq. in.
0.140 sq. in.
3.108 sq. in.

STRENGTH O F ATTACHMENTS
JOINING OPENINGS TO VESSEL
A

At the attachments, joining openings to the

vessel failure Inay occur througii the welds or
nozzle neck in the combinations shown in
figures A and B.
The strength of the welds and the nozzle neck
in these combinations shall be at least equal to
the smaller of:
1. The strength in tension of the cross sectional area of the element of reinforcement being
considered, or
2. The strength in tension of area A (A = d x
tr) less the strength in tension of the excess in
the vessel wall (A 1 ).
The allowable stress value of the welds is the
stress value of the weaker material connected
by the welds multiplied by the following factors:
0.74
Groove-weld tension
Groove-weld shear
0.60
Fillet-weld shear
0.49
The allowable stress value of nozzle neck in
shear is 0.70 times the allowable stress value of
nozzle material.
The strength of the joints shall be considered
for its entire length on each side of the plane of
reinforcement area.

Possible paths o f failure

1. ~ h r o u @
~ h and@
2 . Through

@ and @

y3&

Possible paths o f failure

1. l'hrough

($ and @

2 . Through@
3. Through@

@ and @
and@

Example 3
A = 2.397 sq. in. A1 = 0.484 sq. in.
do = 6.625 in., outside diameter of nozzle
dm= 6.193 in., mean diameter of nozzle
S = 17500 psi allowable stress value of vessel material
Sn = 15000 psi allowable stress value of nozzle material
t n = 0.432 in. wall thickness of nozzle
t = 0.500 in. wall thickness of vessel
0.375 in. fillet weld leg.
Check the strength of attachment of nozzle load to be carried by welds
Load to be carried by welds (A-A1)S = 2.397 - 0.484 x 17500 = 33478 Ib.
Stress value of welds
Fillet-weld shear
0.49 x 17500 = 8575 psi.
Groove-weld tension
0.74 x 17500 = 12950 psi.
Stress value of nozzle wall shear 0.70 x 15000 = 10500 psi.
Strength of welds and nozzle neck
do

a. Fillet-weld shear
b. Nozzle-wall shear

x weld leg x 8575 = 1 0 . 4 0 6 5 ~ 0 . 3 7 5 ~ 8 5 7 5 =33463 lb.

do

dm

tI1 x 10500 = 9.72 x 0.432 x 10500

= 44090 Ib.

c. Groove-weld tension*^ weld leg x 12950 - 10.4065x0.500x12950 = 67382 Ib.

Possible path of failures 2
1. Through a. and b. 33463 + 44090 = 77553 Ib.
2. Through a. and c. 33463 + 67382 = 100845 lb.
Both paths are stronger than the required strength
33478 lb.

STRE:N<;TH OF ATTACHhlENTS
OINING OPENINGS TO VESSEL
Example 4
I),\ l'!\
.\ = 3 . 1 7 2 \ q . - i n . , A 1 - 0 . 6 4 1 s q . i n , A 2 = 0.907hq:in.
dl) = 1 2 . S 4 5 in. outs id^. d i a m e t e r o f reinforcing p a d .
d o = X h 2 5 in. o u t s i d e d ~ a m e t e rof nozzle.
ilm = 8 . 1 2 5 in. rnean d i a m e t e r of n o z r l e .
5; = 1 7 , 5 0 0 psi. allowable stress value o f \~csselmaterial.
S,, = 1 5 , 0 0 0 psi. ; ~ l l o w a h l eqtress value o f n o r z l e material.
t
= 0 . 5 0 0 in. thickness of veshel wall.
1, = 0 . 5 0 0 In. t h i c k n r r \ o f n o z ~ l owall.
f
- n e l d ;:
0 . 3 7 5 in. leg ( ~fillet

te

0 . 2 5 0 in. leg of fillet - weld d

0 . 2 5 0 in. thickness o f reinforcing pad

('heck the strength of attachment of nozzle.

Load to he c a r r ~ e db y welds
( A - , I , ) S = ( 3 . 1 7 1 - 0.h41) 17.500 =

44.1<13 Ib.

Load to be carried by welds a, c , e

( A 2 + 1 t n t ) S = (0.L)07+ 7 x 0.500 x 0.500) 15,000 = 2 1 10s Ib.
Stress value of welds
Fillet - weld shear 0.39 x 17500
=
Groove - weld tension 0.74 w 17500 =

8,575 psi.
12,950 psi.

Stress value of nozzle wall shear

0.70 x 15000 =

10.500 psi.

Strength of welds and nozzle neck

a

1.illc.t weld \ h e a r

N o ~ x l ewall shear

B ~ o
x
2
K dm

x
2

G r o o v e weld t e n s i o n

1:illt.t weld s h e a r

weld leg x 8 . 5 7 5 = 1 3 . 5 5 x 0 . 3 7 5 x 8 , 5 7 5 =
9

10,500

12.76 x 0.500 x 10.500

6 6 , 9 9 0 Ih.

K do

7
x weld

ndp x
2

G r o o v e weld t e n s i o n

tn

4 3 , 5 7 2 Ib.

leg x 1 2 , 9 5 0 = 1 3 . 5 5 x 0 . 5 0 0 x 1 2 , 9 5 0 = 8 7 . 7 3 6 Ib.

weld leg x 8 , 5 7 5 = 2 0 . 1 8 x 0 . 2 5 x 8 . 5 7 5

*do

x
2

4 3 , 2 6 0 Ib.

weld leg x 1 2 . 9 5 0 - 13.55 x 0.25 x 1 2 , 9 5 0

--

4 3 . 8 6 8 Ib.

Possible path of failure

1 . Through b and d 66,990 + 43.260

2. Through c and d 87,736 + 43,260
3. Through a , c and e
43,572 + 87,736 + 43,868

= 110,250 1b.
= 130,996 1b.
= 175,176 1b.

Paths 1 . and 3. are stronger than the total strength of 44,293 lb.
IJath 3. is stronger than the strength of 2 1 105 Ib.
The outer fillet weld, d strength 43,260 lb. is greater than the reinforcing pad
strength of (dp do) te x 17,500 = 1.055 x 17500 = 18,463 Ib.
-

1. T h e thickness cornuuted for the auplicable load plus corrosion allow-

T H E REQUIRED THICKNESS FOR ACCESS A N D INSPECTION

O P E N I N G S (manways, handholes)

For selection of required pipe under internal pressure, see table "Maximum
Allowable Internal Working Pressure for Pipes" on the following pages.
EXAMPLES for using the table
1. Opening Diarn: 18"
Design Pressure: 8 0 0 psig.
Corrosion Allowance: 0.1 25"
The Required Pipe for Manway
The Required Pipe for Nozzle

sch. 60,
sch. 60,

0.750" Wall
0.750" Wall

2. Opening Diarn: 18"

Designpressure: 150 psig.
Corrosion Allowance: 0.1 25"
The Vessel Wall Thickness: 0.31 25"
Sch. 10,
The Required Pipe for Manway:
The Required Pipe for Nozzle
Std. Wt.

0.250" Wall
0.375" Wall

3. Opening Diarn: 18"

Design Pressure: 150 psig.
Corrosion Allowance: 0.125"
The Vessel Wall Thickness: 0.750"
The Required Pipe for Manway
Sch. 10,
0.250" Wall
The Required Pipe for Nozzle
Std. Wt. 0.328" + 0.125" Corr. Allow = 0.453" Min. Wall =
Sch. 4 0 Pipe

MAXIMUR.1 ALLOWABLE
INTERNAL WORKING PRESSURE FOR PIPES
The Calculations Based on the Formula:

P=

2SEt
D+1.2t

,where

The max. allowable working pressure, psig.

15,000 psig. the stress valueof the most commonly used materials for pipe
(A53B, A106B) at temperature - 20 to 650F. For higher temperature see
notes at the end of the tables.
E = 1.0 joint efficiency of seamless pipe
D = Inside diameter of pipe, in.
t = Minimum pipe wall thickness, in. (.a75 times the nominal thickness).
The figures underlined are the maximum allowable pressure in corroded condition
for the pipe of whch wall thickness is minimum the standard wall plus corrosion
allowance.
PIPE WALL
CORROSION ALLOWANCE IN.
NOM.
DESIGTHICKNESS
0 1 1 / 1 6 1 118 / 3/16 1 114
'IPE
NATION
SIZE
NOM. MIN.
Max. Allow. Pressure psig.
0.109 0.095
3730 1198
STD.
P=
S=

'I2

1
314

X-STG.
SCH. 160

0.147
0.187

0.129
0.164

5252
6941

2534
40L3

143
1447

XX-STG.
STD.

0.294
0.1 13

0.257
0.099

12153
3059

8526
1072

5392

2658

X-STG .
SCH. 160

0.154
0.218

0.135
0.191

4299
6386

2192
4069

288
1985

100

XX-STG.
0.308 0.270971270414657
-STD.
0.133 0.116
2847 1261
1

1-112

X-STG.

0.179

0.154

3959

SCH. 160 ( 0.250

XX-STG.
0.358
STD.
0.140

0.219
0.313
0.123

5764
8820

X-STG .

0.191

0.167

2362
3282

XX-STG.
STD.

0.382
0.145

0.334
0.127

7194
2118

X-STG .
SCH. 160
XX-STG.
STD.
X-STG.

0.200
0.281
0.400
0.154
0.218

0.175
0.246
0.350
0.135
0.191

2982 1864
4333 3139
6481 5164
1786
938
2578 1696

SCH. 160

0.343

0.300

4215

XX-STG.

0.436

0.382

5537

2287
3946
I

2515

252

580

744

7423

2274
4842

1126
1988

774

732

3099

1494

31
806
2013
3924
126
852

947
2754

1648

2348

1477

642

3553

2629

1744

5645
1046

4522
3260

44

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE (cont)

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE con^)

NOM.
'IPE
SIZE
8

10

12

14

DESIGNATION
SCH. 140
SCH. 160
XX-STG.
SCH. 20
SCH. 30
STD.
X-STG.
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160
SCH. 20
SCH. 30
STD.
SCH. 40
X-STG.
SCH. 60
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160
SCH. 10
SCH. 20
STD.
SCH. 40
X-STG.
SCH. 60
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140

PIPE WALL
THICKNESS
NOM. MIN.
0.812 0.711
0.906 0.793
0.875 0.766
0.250 0.219
0 307 0.269
0.365 0.319
0.500 0.438
0.593 0.519
0.718 0.628
0.843 0.738
1.000 0.875
1.125 0.984
0.250 0.219
0.330 0.289
0.375 0.328
0.406 0.355
0.500 0.438
0.562
0.687
0.843
1.000
1.125
1.312
0.250
0.312
0.375
0.438
0.500
0.593
0.750
0.937
1.093
1.250

0.492
0.601
0.738

CORROSION ALLOWANCE IN.

11/16
118 1 3 / 1 6 1 1 1 4
Max. Allow. Pressure Psig.
1913 1675
2155
2647 2400
1988
2476
2231
2977 2725
2370
2126
1885
2868 2617
264
90
621
441
406
228
50
766
585
549
370
193
911 729
894
712
532
1263 1078
1506 1318
1132 948 766
1458 1270 1085
1838 1647
1792 1601 1413
2179 1984
2216
1986 1829
2611 2413
2560 2362 2166
2963 2760
371
222
76
522
540
692
389
240
91
483
333
184
787
635
854
701
549
398
248
1059 2
751
598
486

1194
1469
1820

0.875 2178
0.984 2467
1.148 2910
0.219 475
0.273 594
0.328 716
0.383 839
0.438 962
0.519 1146
0.656 1460
0.820 1843
0.956 2166
1.094 2500

1038
1311
1659
2014
2301
2740
338
456
577
699
822
1004
1316
1696
2017
2348

883

730

578

1154
1500

998

844

1341
1690
1972
2404
69
184
303
423
544

1184
1530
1810
2239

1851
2136
2572
202
319
440
561
682

863

724

1173
1550
1869

1031
1406
1722
2048

2198

49
167
287
407
585

890
1262
1576
1900

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE (cont.)

NOM.
PIPE
SIZE
14

l6

18

20

DESIGSCH. 160
SCH. 10
SCH. 20
SCH. 30. STD.
SCH. 40X-STG.
SCH. 60
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120

PIPE WALL
THICKNESS
NOM. MIN.
1.406 1.230

CORROSION ALLOWANCE IN.

1 1/16 ( 118 3/16 1 114
Max. Allow Pressure Psig.
2834
2680
2527
2375 2224
0

0.250

0.219

415

0.312
0.375
0.500
0.656
0.843

0.273
0.328
0.438
0.574
0.738

518
625
839

1108
1436

1.031
1.218

0.902
1.066

1771
2111

SCH. 140
SCH. 160
SCH. 10
SCH. 20
STD.
SCH. 30
X-STG.
SCH. 40

1.438

1.258

1.593

1.394

0.250

SCH. 60
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160
SCH. 10
SCH. 20 STD.
SCH. 30 XSTG.
SCH. 40
SCH. 60
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160

295

166

57

398
504
717
984
1310

279
384
596

161
265
475

43
146
355

861
-

1185

738
1061

617
937

1643

1515

1389

1263

1980

1851

1722

1595

2517

2384

2251

2120

1990

2674
262

2540
157

2407
54

2275

0.219

2809
368

0.312

0.273

460

354

248

143

38

0.375

554
649
744

447
541
636

341

235

130

0.438
0.500

0.328
0.383
0.438

434
529

328
422

222
315

0.562

0.492

838

729

621

514

407

0.750
0.937

0.656
0.820

1129
1418

1015
1306

906
1195

797
1084

689
974

1.156

1.012

1766

1652

1539

1.375

1.203

21 18

2002

1887

1426
1772

1314
1658

1.562
1.781

1.367
1.558

2425 , 2308
2789
2669

2190
2550

2074
2432

1958
2314

0.250
0.375
0.500
0.593

0.219

331

231

141

48

0.328
0.438
0.519

498
668
795

402
571
697

306
475
6 2

21 1
379

503

117
284
407

0.812
1.031

0.71 1
0.902

802
1103

1004

1.121
1.313

998
1303
1657

900
1202

1.281
1.500

1097
1403
1760
2078

1974

1555
1870

1454
1767

1353
1665

1.750

1.531

2446

2340

2234

2129

2025

1.968

1.722

2774

2666

2558

2452

2346

MAXIMUM ALLOWABLE WORKING PRESSURE (cont.)

NOM.
PIPE
SIZE

DESIG

PIPE WALL
THICKNESS
NOM. MIN.
0.250 0.219
0.312
0.375

24

26

376
452

839
916
275
414
555
625
766

0.847
1.066
1.340
1.586
1.804
2.050

1089
1381
1753
2093
2399
2750

1006
1297
1667
2006
231 1
2660

202
278
353
431
507
584
661
738
117
255
395
464
604
924
1214
1582
1919
2223
2571

0.250
0.312
0.375
0.437
0.500
0.562
0.625
0.688
0.750

0.219
0.273
0.328
0.382
0.438
0.492
0.547

254
317
382
446
512
576
641

181
244
308
372
438

108
171
235
298
364

37
98
162
225
291

26
90
152
218

502
567

428
493

354
419

281
345

0.602
0.656

707
772

633
697

558
622

484
548

410
474

0.312
0.375

0.273
0.328
0.438

275
330
443

211
267
379

148
204
315

85

23

141
252

78
188

0.562
0.625

SCH. 10
SCH. 20STD.
X-STG.
SCH. 30
SCH. 40
SCH. 60
SCH. 80
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160

CORROSION ALLOWANCE IN.

0
1/16 1 118 1 3 / 1 6 1 1 1 4
Max. Allow. Pressure Psig.
301
214
128
44
289
365
440
519
594
672
750
827
196
334
475
544
685

0.437
0.500

22

0.273
0.328
0.382
0.438
0.492
0.547
0.602
0.656
0.219
0.328
0.438
0.492
0.601

'

0.688
0.750
0.250
0.375
0.500
0.562
0.687
0.968
1.218
1.531
1.812
2.062
2.343

528
606
681
761

116
192

31
106

267
344
419
496
573
649
40
176
315
384

136
258
332
409
486
561

524

443

842
1131
1498
1833
2135
2482

761
1048
1413
1747
2048
2393

97
236
304

30

0.500

REQUIRED PIPE WALL THICKNESS

FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE
PRESSURE PSIC.

1.S.
50

100

150

200

250

300

350

400

450

500

0.002

0.003

0.005

0.007

0.008

0,010

0.012

0.014

0.015

0.017

0.003

0.007

0.010

0.013

0.017

0.020

0.024

0.027

0.031

0.034

0.005

0.010

0.015

0.020

0.025

0.030

0.035

0.041

0.046

0.051

0.007

0.013

0.020

0.027

0.034

0.040

0.048

0.054

0.061

0.068

0.008

0.017

0.025

0.034

0.042

0,051

0.059

0.068

0.076

0.085

0.010

0.020

0.030

0.040

0.05 1

0.061

0.071

0.081

0.092

0.102

0.012

0.023

0.035

0.047

0.059

0.071

0.083

0.095

0.107

0.119

0.013

0.027

0.040

0.054

0.067

0.081

0.095

0.108

0.122

0.136

0.015

0.030

0.045

0.060

0.076

0.091

0.106

0.122

0.137

0.153

10

0.017

0.033

0.050

0.067

0.084

0.101

0.1 18

0.136

0.153

0.170

11

0.018

0.037

0.055

0.074

0.093

0.11 1

0.130

0.149

0.168

0.187

12

0.020

0.040

0.060

0.081

0.101

0.121

0.142

0.163

0.183

0.204

13

0.022

0.044

0.065

0.087

0.109

0.132

0.154

0.176

0.198

0.221

14

0.023

0.047

0.070

0.094

0.1 18

0.142

0.166

0.190

0.214

0.238

15

0.025

0.050

0.075

0.101

0.126

0.152

0.177

0.203

0.229

0.255

16

0.027

0.054

0.080

0.108

0.135

0.162

0.189

0.217

0.244

0.272

17

0.028

0.057

0.086

0.1 14

0.143

0.172

0.201

0.230

0.260

0.289

18

0.030

0.060

0.091

0.121

0.152

0.182

0.213

0.244

0.23

0.306

19

0.032

0.064

0.096

0.128

0.160

0.192

0.225

0.257

0.290

0.323

20

0.033

0.067

0.101

0.134

0.168

0.202

0.237

0.271

0.305

0.340

21

0.035

0.070

0.107

0.141

0.177

0.213

0.248

0.285

0.321

0.357

22

0.037

0.074

0.1 1 1

0.148

0.185

0.223

0.260

0.298

0.336

0.374

23

0.038

0.077

0.116

0.155

0.194

0.233

0.272

0.312

0.351

0.391

24

0.040

0.080

0.121

0.161

0.202

0.243

0.284

0.325

0.367

0.408

25

0.042

0.084

0.126

0.168

0.210

0.253

0.296

0.339

0.382

0.425

26

0.044

0.087

0.131

0.175

0.219

0.263

0.308

0.352

0.397

0.442

27

0.045

0.090

0.136

0.181

0.227

0.273

0.3 19

0.366

0.41 2

0.459

28

0.047

0.094

0.141

0.188

0.236

0.283

0.331

0.379

0.428

0.476

29

0.048

0.097

0.146

0.195

0.244

0.294

0.343

0.393

0.443

0.493

30

0.050

0.100

0.151

0.202

0.253

0.304

0.355

0.407

0.458

0.510

REQUIRED PIPE WALL THICKNESS

FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE (cont)
r

PRESSURE PSIG.

I.S.
DIAM- 550

600

650

700

750

800

850

900

950

1000

0.019

0.020

0.022

0.024

0.026

0.028

0.029

0.031

0.033

0.035

0.037

0.041

0.044

0.048

0.052

0.055

0.059

0.062

0.066

0.069

0.099

0.104

0.056

0.062

0.067

0.072

0.077

0.083

0.088

0.093

0.075

0.082

0.089

0.096

0.103

0.1 10

0.117

0.124

0.132

0.139
0.174

0.094

0.102

0.111

0.120

0.129

0.138

0.147

0.156

0.165

0.112

0.123

0.133

0.144

0.155

0.165

0.176

0.187

0.198

0.208

0.131

0.143

0.156

0.168

0.180

0.193

0.205

0.218

0.230

0.243

0.150

0.164

0.178

0.192

0.206

0.220

0.235

0.249

0.263

0.278

0.169

0.184

0.200

0.216

0.232

0.248

0.264

0.280

0.296

0.312

10

0.187

0.205

0.222

0.240

0.258

0.275

0.293

0.311

0.329

0.347

11

0.206

0.225

0.245

0.264

0.284

0.303

0.323

0.342

0.362

0.382

12

0.225

0.246

0.267

0.268

0.309

0.331

0.352

0.373

0.393

0.417

13

0.244

0.266

0.289

0.3 12

0.335

0.358

0.38 1

0.405

0.428

0.451

14

0.262

0.287

0.31 1

0.336

0.361

0.386

0.41 1

0.436

0.461

0.486

15

0.281

0.307

0.334

0.360

0.387

0.413

0.440

0.467

0.494

0.521

16

0.300

0.328

0.356

0.384

0.412

0.441

0.469

0.498

0.527

0.556

17

0.319

0.348

0.378

0.408

0.438

0.468

0.499

0.529

0.560

0.590

18

0.337

0.369

0.400

0.432

0.464

0.496

0.528

0.560

0.593

0.625

19

0.356

0.389

0.423

0.456

0.490

0.523

0.557

0.591

0.625

0.660

20

0.375

0.410

0.445

0.480

0.515

0.551

0.587

0.622

0.658

0.694

21

0.394

0.430

0.467

0.504

0.541

0.579

0.616

0.654

0.692

0.729

0.528

0.567

0.606

0.645

0.685

0.724

0.764

0.716

22

0.412

0.45 1

0.489

23

0.431

0.471

0.512

0.552

0.593

0.634

0.675

0.757

0.799

24

0.450

0.492

0.534

0.576

0.619

0.661

0.704

0.747

0.790

0.833

25

0.469

0.512

0.556

0.600

0.645

0.689

0.733

0.778

0.823

0.868

26

0.487

0.533

0.578

0.624

0.670

0.716

0.763

0.809

0.856

0.903

27

0.506

0.553

0.601

0.648

0.696

0.744

0.792

0.840

0.889

0.937

28

0.525

0.574

0.623

0.672

0.722

0.771

0.821

0.871

0.922

0.972

29

0.544

0.594

0.645

0.696

0.747

0.779

0.851

0.902

0.955

1.007

30

0.562

0.615

0.667

0.720

0.773

0.826

0.880

0.934

0.988

1.042

REQUIRED PIPE WALL THICKNESS

FOR INTERNAL PRESSURE (cont.)
I.S.
DIAM.
1

PRESSURE PSIG.
2100

2200

2300

2400

2500

2600

2700

2800

0.076

0.080

0.084

0.088

0.093

0.097

0.101

0.105

2900

3000

0.109

0.1 14

0.153

0.161

0.169

0.177

0.185

0.193

0.202

0.210

0.219

0.227

0.229

0.241

0.253

0.265

0.278

0.290

0.303

0.315

0.328

0.341

0.306

0.322

0.338

0.354

0.370

0.387

0.404

0.420

0.437

0.455

0.382

0.402

0.422

0.442

0.463

0.484

0.504

0.526

0.547

0.568

0.459

0.482

0.507

0.531

0.556

0.580

0.605

0.631

0.656

0.682

0.706

0.736

0.765

0.795
0.909

0.535

0.563

0.591

0.619

0.648

0.677

0.61 1

0.643

0.675

0.708

0.741

0.774

0.807

0.841

0.875

0.688

0.724

0.760

0.796

0.833

0.871

0.908

0.946

0.984

1.023

0.926

0.967

1.009

1.05 1

1.093

1 .I36

10

0.764

0.804

0.844

0.885

11

0.841

0.884

0.929

0.973

1.019

1.064

1.1 10

1.156

1.203

1.250

12

0.917

0.965

1.013

1.062

1.111

1.161

1.211

1.261

1.312

1.364

13

0.993

1.045

1.098

1.150

1.204

1.257

1.312

1.366

1.422

1.477

14

1.070

1.126

1.182

1.239

1.296

1.354

1.413

1.471

1.531

1.591

IS

1.146

1.206

1.267

1.327

1.389

1.451

1.513

1.577

1.640

1.705

16

1.223

1.287

1.351

1.416

1.481

1.548

1.614

1.682

1.750

1.818

17

1.299

1.367

1.435

1.504

1.574

1.644

1.715

1.787

1.859

1.932

18

1.376

1.447

1.520

1.593

1.667

1.741

1.816

1.892

1.968

2.045

1.528

1.604

1.681

1.759

1.838

1.917

1.997

2.078

2.159

1.608

1.689

1.770

1.852

1.935

2.018

2.102

2.187

2.273

19

1.452

20

1.528

21

1.605

1.689

1.773

1.858

1.944

2.031

2.1 19

2.207

2.296

2.386

22

1.681

1.769

1.858

1.947

2.037

2.128

2.220

2.31'.

2.406

2.500

23

1.758

1.849

1.942

2.036

2.130

2.225

2.321

2.417

2.515

2.614

24

1.834

1.930

2.026

2.124

2.212

2.321

2.422

2.523

2.624

2.727

25

1.910

2.010

2.111

2.212

2.315

2.418

2.522

2.628

2.734

2.841

26

1.987

2.090

2.195

2.301

2.407

2.515

2.623

2.733

2.843

2.955

27

2.063

2.171

2.280

2.389

2.450

2.612

2.724

2.838

2.952

3.068

28

2.140

2.251

2.364

2.478

2.593

2.708

2.825

2.943

3.062

3.182

29

2.216

2.332

2.449

2.566

2.685

2.805

2.926

3.048

3.171

3.295

REINFORCEMENT AT THE JUNCTION OF CONE TO CYLINDER

FORMULAS
JUNCTION AT THE LARGE END
M

area of reinforcement, A sq. in

~ Required
~ .

A,L = -

+ (t,

Area of excess metal for

AcL = (t, - t)
reinforcement,
sq. In.
The distance from the junction within
which the additional reinforcement shall
be situated, in.

FIG. C

- t,)

JE

The distance from the junction within

which the centroid of the reinforcement
shall be situated, in.
I

0.5 X

JUNCTION AT THE SMALL END

Required area of reinforcement, A sq. in.
Area of excess metal
available for reinforcement A,, sq. in.

FIG. D

x cos f a -

The distance from the junction within

which the centroidof the reinforcement
shall be situated. in.

6.

RI.

-(1

SJ,

A) (t,

4) tan a
a

A,, = (t/t) cos ( a - A) (1, - t)

The distance from the junction within

which the additional reinforcement shall
be situated, in.

EXAMPLE

A, =

t,)

fi+
ft'./f,)

-4

JRItS
0.5

JRItS

a = 30 deg., half apex angle of cone

E,qE,.E,= 3 0 x lo6,modulus of elasticity, psi.
E , E , = 1.O, joint efficiency in shell and cone
E:, = 0.55, joint efficiency in reinforcing ring
fi = 800 lb/ii, axial load at large end
fi = 952 lblin, axial load a t small end
P = 50 psi., internal design pressure
in.
R,, = 100 in., inside radius of large cylinder
R , = 84 in., inside radius of small cylinder
S, = 13,800 psi., allowable stress of shell
S, = 13,800 psi. allowable stress of cone material
S, = 14,500 psi., allowable stress of ring material
I = 0.429 in. required min. thickness for large
cylinder
t = 0.360 in. required min. thickness for small
cylinder
I, = 0.500 in. actual thickness of cone.
1 , = 0.4375 in. actual thickness of large cylinder
1 , = 0.375 in. actual thickness of small cylinder
t, = 0.41 in., req'd thickness of cone at small cylinder
t3
t,, = 0.49 in., req'd thickness of cone at large cylinder

REINFORCEMENT AT THE JUNCTION OF CONE TO CYLINDER

EXAMPLE
JUNCTION AT LARGE CYLINDER
See design data on preceding page
Using t h e same material for shell and cone.
= 0.0036 from table A A = 19.8
I. P / S J , =

13,8zx

Since A is less than a , reinforcement is required.

2. Using reinforcing ring on the shell
y=S& = 1 3 , 8 0 0 ~30x lo6
3. Factor, k = y/S,E, = 13,800 x 3 0 106/14,500
~
x 30 x 106=0.95
Use k = l
4 . Q,= PR,/2 f,, Ib/in. =

+ 800 = 3,300 Iblin.

5. The required cross-sectional area of compression ring:

$)

9)

3'300

(Itan 30' = 4.69 sq. in.

S$I
13,800 x 1
The area of excess in shell available for reinforcement:

ArL = ""'(1

fan a =

A,, = (t, - t ) JR,tI + ( t , - t,)

= (0.4375 -0.429) X 4 100 x 0.4375 + (0.5-0.49) x d l 0 0 x 0.51COS 30"

= 0.132 sq. in.

-4,)- = 4.69 - 0.132 = 4.55 sq. in. the required cross sectional area
area of compression ring

ArL-

4.5511 = 4.55 in.

Using 1in. thick bar, the width of ring:

Location of compression ring.
Max. distance from the junction

Max. distance of centroid from the junction

0.5 J 100 x 0.4375 = 3.30 in.

100 x 0.4375 = 6.60 in.

0.5m
=

JUNCTION AT SMALL CYLINDER

1 . from table B A = 5'
2. k = l 50/13,800 = 0.0036; from table B A = 5
3. Q, = PRJ2 + f2,Ib/in. = 50x84 + 952 = 3,052 lblin.

2
4 . The required cross-sectional area of compression ring:

A, =

SP,

):

tano-- 1 x 3 052 x 84 (1

13,i00

- ,&)tan

30 = 8.94 sq. in

REINFORCEMENT AT THE JUNCTION OF CONE TO CYLINDER

(cont.)
3. From the applicable chart (pages 43 thru 47 ) read the value of A entering at the
value of B, moving to the left to the materialltemperature line and from the
intersecting point moving vertically to the bottom of the chart.
For values of B falling below the left end of the materialltemperature line for the
design temperature, the value of A = 2B 1E
If the value of B is falling above the materialltemperatureline for the
design temperature: the cone or cylinder configuration shall be changed,
and/or the stiffeningring relocated, the axial compression stress reduced.
4. Compute the value of the required moment of inertla
For the ring-shell-cone sectlon:
For the stiffening ring only:
1' =
'

A
D;A,
-

1, =

10.9

A
D 'A
2
14.0

5. Select the type of stiffening ring and determine the available moment of inertia (see
page 89) of the ring only, I and of the ring-shell-cone section , I t .
If I or I' is less than I, or 1: respectively, select stiffening ring with larger
moment of inertia.

6. Determine the required cross-sectional area of reinforcement,A,, , sq. in.:

kQ,R, tan a
SE
Area of excess metal available for reinforcement, Ae, sq. in.:
A,, =

\/"

-(lc-l,.~+~(l~-l)
cos a
The distance from the junction within which the additional reinforcement shall be
situated, in.
A,=

a
a

The distance from the junction within which the centroid of the reinforcement shall
be situated, in.
0.5
NOTATION

A, = area of excess metal available

for reinforcement sq. in.

A~L
= required area of reinforcement
sq. in.
Ar8 = required area of reinforcement
sq. in.

B = factor

DL = outside diameter of cone or large end

of conical section, in.

Do = outside diameter of cylindrical shell,
in.
D, = outside diameter at small end of conical section, in.
A, = cross-sectional area of the stiffening
E = lowest efficiency of the longiring, sq. in.
tudinal joint in the shell, head
A, = equivalent area of cylinder. cone and
or cone; E = 1 for butt welds
stiffening ring, sq. in.
in compression

REINFORCEMENT AT THE JUNCTION OF CONE TO CYLINDER

(cont.)

E = with subscripts c,r, or s modulus of elasticity of cone, reinforcement or shell material

respectively, psi.

L,

k = SUEu/SRE,q but not less than

1.0

= design

length of a vessel section, in.

for stiffened vessel section: distance
between the cone-to-small-shell
junction and an adjacent stiffening
ring on the small shell.

for unstiffened vessel section: distance between the cone-to-smallf , = axial load at large end due t o
wind etc., lb./in. The value of f,
shell junction and one third the
shaII be taken as positive in all
depth of head on the other end of the
calculations.
small shell.
J', = axial load at small end due
P = external design pressure, psi.
to wind, etc. lb./in. The value
PR
PR
o f f,shall be taken as positive
Q L = -L
+ f, Q, = --" + f ,
in all calculations.
2
2
axial compressive force d u e t o
I = available moment of inertia of the
pressure and axial load
stiffening ring, in4
R , =outside radius o l large cylinder,
I' =available moment of inertia of cornin.
bined ring-shell cross section, in4. R , =outside radius ol small cylinder,,
in.
The width of the shell which is taken
as contributing to the moment of S =allowable working stress, psi. o l
inertia of the combined section:
cone material
1 . 1 0 6

I, = required moment of inertia of the

stiffening ring, in4.
I,' = required moment of inertia of the
combined ring-shell-cone cross section, in4.

axial length of cone, in.

LC = length of cone along surface of cone,

or distance between stiffening rings
of cone, in.
L, = design length of a vessel section, in.
for stiffened vessel section: the distance between the cone-to-largeshell junction and an adjacent stiffening ring on the large shell.
for unsriffened vessel section: the
distance between the cone-to-largeshell junction and one-third the
depth of head on the other end of the
large shell.

.SR = allowable stress of reinforc-

S, =

1,

1,

11. =

'3

a =
A =

ing material, psi.

allowable stress of shell
material, psi.
minimum required thickness of
cylinder without allowance for
corrosion, in.
actual thickness of cone without corrosion allowance, in.
the smaller of ( 1 , - r ) o r
( 1 , - r r ) , in.
minimum required thickness of
cone without corrosion allowance, in.
actual thickness of shell without allowance for corrosion,
in.
half apex angle, deg.
value t o indicate need for
reinforcement, from table E,
deg .

REINFORCEMENT AT THE JUNCTION OF CONE TO CYLINDER

EXAMPLE

Design data

DL = 96 in., outside diameter of large cylinder

D, = 48 in., outside diameter of small cylinder
E = 0.7, efficiency of longitudinal
welded joints of shell and cone

E, Ec, ER = 30 x lo6, modulus of elasticity

of shell, cone and ring material, psi.
j', = 100 IbJin., axial load due to wind

fz

= 30 lb./in., axial load due to wind.

L, =
L, =
LC =
P =
R, =
H, =

120 in., design length of large vessel section

244 in., design length of small vessel section
48 in.
15 psi, external design pressure
48.00 in. outside radius of large cylinder
24.00 in. outside radius of small cylinder

S, = 13,800 psi. maximum allowable working

stress of shell and cone material

S, = 12,700 psi. maximum allowable working
stress ef reinforcement material
= 0.25 in. minimum required thickness
of large cylinder
1,
r = 0.1875 in. minimum required thickness
of small cylinder
r,. = 0.25 in. actual thickness of cone
Design temperature = 650F 1 , = 0.25 in. minimum required thickness of
cone
r , = 0.25 in. actual thickness of cylinder
JUNCTION AT THE LARGE END
1 . P I S E = 15113,800 = 0.0016; from table E, A = 4
since A is less than a , reinforcement is required.

4-

2. Assuming A, = 0.

+ L j , / 2 + A , = 120 x0.125 + 48 X0.125 + 0

RLtana + L
2 + R,' - R,'
2
2
3RLtana

A , = LLt/2

- 48 X0.5774
2

FL = PM

+ f,tan a

120
4g2 - 242
-+
= 66.9
2
3X48~0.5774
=

15 x 66.9

100 X 0.5774 = 1061

= 21 in2.

WELDING
OF PRESSURE VESSELS
There are several methods to make welded joints. In a particular case the choice
of a type from the numerous alternatives depend on:
1. The circumstances of welding
2. The requirements of the Code
3. The aspect of economy

1. THE CIRCUMSTANCES OF WELDING.

In many cases the accessibility of the joint determines the type of welding. In
a small diameter vessel (under 18 - 24 inches) from the inside, no manual
welding can be applied. Using backing strip it must remain in place. In larger
diameter vessels if a manway is not used, the last (closing) joint can be welded
from outside only. The type of welding may be determined also by the
equipment of the manufacturer.

2. CODE REQUIREMENTS.
Regarding the type of joint the Code establishes requirements based on service,
material and location of the welding. The welding processes that may be used
in the construction of vessels are also restricted by the Code as described in
paragraph UW-27.
The Code-regulations are tabulated on the following pages under the titles:
a. Types of Welded Joints
(Joints permitted by the Code, their efficiency and limitations of their
applications.) Table UW-12
b. Design of Welded Joints
(Types of Joints t o be used for vessels in various services and under certain design conditions.) UW-2, UW-3
c. Examination of Welded Joints
The efficiency of joints depends only on the type of joint and on the degree of
examination and does not depend on the degree of examination of any other
joint. (Except as required by UW- 1l(a)(5)
This rule of the 1989 edition of the Code eliminates the concept of collective
qualification of butt joints, the requirement of stress reduction.
3. THE ECONOMY OF WELDING.
If the two preceding factors allow free choice, then the aspect of economy
must be the deciding factor.
Some considerations concerning the economy of weldings:
Vedge preparation, which can be made by torch cutting, is always more e c e
nomical than the use of J or U preparation.

TYPES OF WELDED JOINTS

LIMITATIONS
IN APPLYING VARlOLlS
WELD TYPES

NOTES

FOR TYPE I: NONE

Joint Category: A,B,C.D
FOR TYPE 2: NONE
Joint Catcgciry: A.U.C.D
Except butt weld with one plate off-set
- for circumferential joints only.

I . In this table a r e shown the types

FOR TYPE 3:
Joint Category: A.B,C
Circumferential joints only, not over
518 in. thick and not over 24 in. outside
diameter.

2. T h e shape of the edges t o be

FOR TYPE 4:
(a) Longitudinal joints not over 318 in.
thick
Joint Category: A
(b) Circumferential loints not over 518
in. thick.
Joint Category: B.C
FOR 'TYPE 5
( a ) Circumferential joints for attachment of heads not over 24 in. outside
diameter to shells not over 112 in. thick.
Joints attaching hemispherical heads to
shells are excluded.
Joint Category: B
(b) Circumferential joints for the
attachment to shells of jackets not over
518 i n . in nominal thickness where the
distance from the center of the plug
weld to the edge ol'the plate I S not less
than 1-112 times the diamctcr of the
hole for the plug.
Joint Category:C
FOR TYPE 6
(a) For the attachment of heads convex
to pressure to shells not over 518 in.
required thickness. only with use of
fillet weld on inside of shell:
Joint Category: A.B

(b) For attachment of hcads having

pressure on either side. to shells not
over 24 in. inside diameter and not over
114 required thickness with fillet weld
on outside of head flange only.
Joint Category: A,B

of welded joints which are permitled by the Code in arc and gas
welding processes.

joined by butt-weld shall be such

as t o permit complete fusion and
penetration.

3. Butt joints shall be free from

undercuts, overlaps and a b r u p t
ridges and valleys. T o assure that
the weld-grooves are completely
filled, weld metal m a p be built u p
a s reinforcement. T h e thickness
of the reinforcement shall not
exceed the following thicknesses.
Plate thickness in.Maximum reinf. in.
up t o '/Z incl.
3/32
1 /8
over 95 t o 1 incl.
over 1
3/ 16

4. Before welding the second side of

a double welded butt joint, the
impurities of the first side welding shall be removed by chipping, grinding or melting out t o
secure sound metal for complete
penetration and fusion. For submerged arc welding, chipping out
a groove in the crater is recommended.
5. T h e maximum allowable joint
efficiencies given in this table
a r e t o be used in formulas, when
the joints made by arc or gas
welding processes.

6. Joint efficiency. E = I for butt joints

in compression.

EXAMINATION OF WELDED JOINTS

RADIOGRAPHIC EXAMINATION
Full radiography is mandatory of joints: (Code UW-11)
1. All butt welds in shells, heads, nozzles, communicating chambers of unfired
steam boilers having design pressures exceeding 50 psi and vessels containing
lethal substances.
2. All butt welds in vessels in which the least nominal thickness at the welded
joint exceeds:
1 114 in. of carbon steel and 1 l n in. of SA-240 stainless steel.
Exemption: Categories B and C butt welds in nozzles and communicating
chambers that neither exceed 10 in pipe size nor 1 118 in. wall thickness do not
require radiographic examination in any of the above cases.
3. All category A and D butt welds in vessel sections and heads where the design
of the joint or part is based on joint efficiency: 1.0, or 0.9. (see preceding
pages: Design of Welding Joints).
4. All butt welds joined by electroslag welding and all electrogas welding with any
single pass greater than 1 l D in.
Spot radiography, as a minimum, is mandatory of
1. Category B or C welds which intersect the Category A butt welds in vessel
sections (including nozzles and communicating chambers above 10 in. pipe
size and 1 in. wall thickness) or connect seamless vessel sections or heads when
the design of Category A and D butt welds in vessel sections and heads based on
a joint efficiency of 1.0 or 0.9.
2. Spot radiography is optional of butt welded joints (Type 1 or 2) which are not
required to be fully radiographed. If spot radiography specified for the entire
vessel, radiographic examination is not required of Category B and C butt
welds in nozzles and communicating chambers.
No Radiography. No radiographic examination of welded joints is required when
the vessel or vessel part is designed for external pressure only, or when the
design of joints based on no radiographic examination.

ULTRASONIC EXAMINATION
1. In femtic materials electroslag welds and electrogas welds with any single
pass greater than 1 l n in. shall be ultrasonically examined throughout their
entire length.
2. In addition to the requirements of radiographic examination, all welds made by the
electron beam process or by the inertia and continuous drive friction
welding process shall be ultrasonically examined for their entire length.
3. Ultrasonic examination may be substituted for radiography for the fmal closure
seam if the construction of the vessel does not permit interpretable radiograph.

BUTT WELDED JOINTS

OF PLATES OF UNE Q UAL THICKNESSES
JOINING PLATES O F UNEQUAL THICKNESSES WlTH BUTT WELD, THE THICKER
PLATE SHALL BE TAPERED I F THE DIFFERENCE IN THICKNESS IS MORE THAN 118
IN. OR ONE-FOURTH O F THE THINNER PLATE. CODE UW-9(c), UW-13.
THE LENGTH O F THE TAPERED TRANSITION SHALL BE MINIMUM 3 TIMES THE
OFFSET BETWEEN THE ADJACENT SURFACES. THE WELD MAY BE PARTLY OR
ENTIRELY IN THE TAPERED SECTION OR ADJACENT TO IT.

1s

3y

1 2 3~
Taper either inside or outside
of vessel
Tangent Line

HEADS TO SHELLS
ATTACHMENT

Tangent Line

3')

1/2(tgth)

The shell plate centerline may

be o n either side of the head
plate centerline.

HEADS TO SHELLS
ATTACHMENT

3y

--+--

Tangent Line

(th-t,)

When fh exceeds t,,, the minimum length of straight

flange is 3fh, but need not exceed 1-112 in. except
when necessary to provide required length of taper.
When fh is equal to or less than 1.25rS, the length of
straight flange shall be sufficient for any required
may be on either side

APPLICATION OF WELDING SYMBOLS

SYMBOL INDICATES 318 IN.

FILLET WELD O N ARROW SIDE
A N D 114 IN. FILLET WELD O N
T H E O T H E R SIDE

OTHER SlDE

S l D E AND BEVEL G R O O V E
WELD O N O T H E R SIDE
G R I N D FLUSH ON O T H E R SIDE

SYMBOL INDICATES BEVEL

G R O O V E WELD AND 318 FILLET

SYMBOL INDICATES WELD

A L L AROUND 114 I N .
FILLET WELD

WELDS EACH 3 1
AND SPACED O N 6 IN.
CENTERS. FIELD
WELDED

EACH 2 IN. LONG A N D SPACED

O N 8 1N.CENTERS. T H E
WELDS A R E S T A G G E R E D .

SYMBOL INDICATES 114 IN.

FILLET WELD O N A R R 3 W
S l D E AND 318 F I L L E T WELD
ON O T H E R S I D E

CODE RULES RELATED TO VARIOUS SERVICES

Service
Air

Brief extracts of Code requirements

All pressure vessels for use with compressed air, except as
permitted otherwise in this paragraph shall be provided
with suitable inspection opening.
Vessels with a required minimum thickness of less than ?4
inch that are to be used in compressed air service shall be
provided with corrosion allowance not less than 1 I6 of
the calculated plate thickness. Min. thickness 3/32 in.

Flammable Expanded connections shall not be used.

and or noxious gases
and liquids
Lethal
substances

Code
paragraph
UG - 46 (a)

UCS - 25

UG 16-(b) (6)

UG - 43 (g)

Butt welded joints in vessels t o contain lethal substances

UW - 2 (a)
shall be fully radiographed.
When fabricated of carbon or low alloy steel shall be post UW - 2 ( a )
weld heat treated.
The joints of various categories shall conform to paragraph
UW - 2.
Steel plates conforming to specifications SA-36, SA-283
UCS - 6 (b) (1)
shall not be used.

Vessels with a required minimum thickness of less than '/4 UCS 25

inch that are t o be used in steam service shall be provided
with corrosion allowance of not less than 116 of the calculated plate thickness.
UG-16 (b) (6)
Min. thickness 3/32 in. shells & heads

Unfired
steam
boilers (1)

Water (2)

With design pressures exceeding 50 psi., the joints of various categories shall conform t o paragraph UW-2.
Steel plates conforming to specifications SA-36, and
SA-283 shall not be used.
Min. thickness 114 in. shells & heads

UCS - 6 (b) (2:

~JG-16(b) ( 5 )

Vessels with a required minimum thickness of less than ?4 UCS - 25

inch that are t o be used in water service shall be provided
with a corrosion allowance of not less than 116 of the calculated plate thickness.
UG-16 (b) (6)
Min. thickness 3/32 in. shells & heads
NOTES:
I . Unfired steam boilers may also be constructed in accordance
with the rules o f Code Section I.
2 . Vessels in water service excluded from the jurisdiction o f the
c o d e are listed in U-1 (c) (6)and (7).

176

CODE RULES RELATED TO

VARIOUS WALL THICKNESSES OF VESSEL
Wall Thick-

Applicable

2,4,15
5,6.8,9,
11, 12. 14

Wall thick,
,

Applicable

7 1 1
12, 14, 15

Not=

1 1 2

2,4,IJ
2,3,4,5,
5,6,8.9, 6,8,9,11
11, 12. 14 12, 14, 15

%
7, 10, 11,
12, 14, 15

?d
2,4,5,6,
8,9,11,
12, 14

%6
4,6,8,9
111214
15

4,6,8,9 '
11,12,14 7 ' 8 ' 9 3 1 1 ' 7 , 8 v 9 , 1 1 ,
I5
12, 14, 15 12, 14, 15

'%

'%

'5x6

7, 10, 13,
16, 20

7, 10, 13,
16, 20

7, 10, 13,
16, 20

7, 10, 13,
16, 20

7, 10, 13,
16, 20

l3/6

1%

1%6

1
7, 10, 13,
16, 20

13, 16,
, 20, 19,

7, 13, 16,
17, 18, 21
19,20,22

1%
7, 13, 16,
17, 18, 21
19,20,22

1%

1x6
7, 13, 16,
17, 18, 21
19,20,22

7, 13, 16,
17, 18, 19,
20,21

Notes
(Brief Extracts of Code Requirements)
1. The minimum thickness of plate for welded construction shall be not
less than 1/16.
The minimum thickness of shells and heads used in compressed air
service, steam service and water service shall be 3/32 in.

UG-16 (b)

2. Manufacturers' marking shall be other than deep die stamping.

uG-77 (b)

3. In compressed air, steam and water service corrosion allowance not

less than 116 of the calculated plate thickness shall be provided.

ucs-2s

4. Single, welded openings up to 3 in. pipe size do not require

reinforcement.

UG-36 (c) (3)

5. The minimum thickness of shells and heads of unfired steam boilers

shall not be less than Yi in.

UG-16 (b) (5)

6. Double full fillet lap joint for longitudinal welded joints is acceptable.

Table UW-12

7. Single, welded openings up to 2 in. pipe size do not require reinforceforcement.

UG-36 (c) (3)

8. Single full fillet lap joint with plug weld for attachment of heads not
over 24 in. outside diameter to shells, acceptable.

Table UW-12

9. Maximum thickness of reinforcement for butt weld 3/32 in.

UW-35 (a)

10. Maximum thickness of reinforcement for butt weld 1/8 in.

11. Single full fillet lap joint with plug welds for circumferential joint
acceptable.

uG-16 (b) (6)

UW-35 (a)
Table UW-12

CODE RULES RELATED TO VARIOUS WALL THICKNESSES OF VESSEL

(Continued)
Notes
(Brief Extracts of Code Requirements)
12. Single full fillet lap joints without plug welds acceptable for attachment of heads convex to pressure to shells.

Table U W - 1 2

13. Welded joints of pressure vessels subject to direct firing in category

B shall be type (1) or (2). Post weld heat treatment required.

u w - 2 (d)

14. Single welded butt joint without use of backing strip acceptable for
circumferential joints not over 24 in. outside diameter.

Table U W - 1 2

15. Double full fillet lap joints for circumferential joint acceptable.

Table U W - 1 2

16. Steel plates conforming to SA-36 and SA-283 shall not be used.

UCS-6 (b) (4)

17. The maximum thickness of reinforcement for butt weld 3/16 in.

UW-35 (a)

18. Butt welded joints in material classified P-1 shall be fully radiographed.

ucs-57

19. Post weld heat treatment of P-1 materials is mandatory for all welded
connections and attachments.

Table UCS-56

20. Double welded butt joint or single welded butt joint with backing
strip shall be used for circumferential or longitudinal joints.

Table UW-12

21. Full radiographic examination of butt welded joints of P-l Grade

1, 2. 3 materials is mandatory.

u w - 1 1 ca)(2)

22. Post weld heat treatment of P-1 materials is not mandatory provided that material is pre-heated.
See page 179 for low temperature operation.

(1) (2)

ucs-56
Note (2)(a)(b)

LOW TEMPERATURE OPERATION

If a minimum design metal temperature- and thickness-comb~nat~on
of carbon and low alloy steels is
below the curves in FIG. UCS-66, impact testing i,
required.

NOTE. In the Handbook the most commonly used

materials are listed. For others see ASME Code.

,All
;

carbon and low alloy steels listed in the

following pages and not shown below
SA-515 Gr 55 & 60
SA-516 Gr65 & 70 if not normalized

SA-516 GI 55 & 60 if not normalized

4 SA-516 all

grades if normalized

If the thickness at any welded joint exceeds 4 in.,

impact tested material shall be used.

Nominal thickness, in.

No impact test is required for material:

SA-193 Gr B7 at temperature -40 F and warmer,
SA-307 Gr B at temperature -20 F and warmer.

FIG. UCS-66 IMPACT TEST CURVES

Where the design stress in tension less than the
maximum allowable stress, impact test may not be
mandatory. If the resulting temperature in
FIG.UCS 66-1 is lower than the required
minimum design metal temperature (FIG. UCS
66), impact testing is not required for minimum
design metal temperature of -50F and wanner.
EXAMPLE:
FOR 1 1R thick, SA-515 Gr60 plate the minimum
design temperature is from FIG. UCS-665VF.
If the actual stress in tension from internal
pressure and other loads is 12,000 psi., and the
maximum allowable stress of the material is 15,000
psi., the ratio:
1ZOOO/l5,000 = 0.8
and from FIG. UCS-66.1 the reduction is 20'F.
The minimum design teniperature is: 50-20 = 30F.
0

40
60
80
110
Temperature, T
FIG. UCS-66.1 REDUCTION O F MINIMUM
U)

(Applicable joint efficiencies shall be included in

the calculation of stresses.)

METAL TEMPERATURE
1-act
test is not mandatoxfor materials which
satisfy all of the following:
1. the thickness of material listed in curve A does
not exceed 1R in.
2. the thickness of material listed in curves B, C,
and D does not exceed 1 in.

3. thevessel is hydrostatically tested.

4. the design temperature is not lower than -20 F
and not higher than 650 F.
5. thermal, mechanical shock loading or cyclical
loading is not controlling design requirement

PROPERTIES OF MATERIALS CARBON & LOW ALLOY STF.EL

Maximum Allowable Stress Values in Tension 1000 psi. *

The Stress Values in this table may be interpolated to determine values for
intermediate temperatures.

T H E D A T A O F THIS T A B L E A R E T A K E N FROM T H E AMERICAN S T A N I I A R I ) CO1)E

F O R P R E S S U R E PIPING. IT IS N O T T O BE IMPLIED T H A T M A T E R I A L S A R E S U I T A B L E

DESCRIPTION OF MATERIALS (cont.)

k y t n g Neck

18"-300

PIPE

6" - Std. Pipe x 2'-1

8" - X Stg. Pipe x 1' - 6-112
4" -S. 160Pipex2'-4
24" - 0.438" Wall Pipe x 1' - 0

SA-53 B

k 9 6 - x 318 x 1 2 ' - 6
% 24"OD x 112 x 18" ID
% 18" OD x 1-112

SA-285 C

RF.LWN

SA-181 1
I

PLATE

El ~

la ;;;;iN

6" x 4" Std. Cunc. Reducer

8~" x 6" X~Stg. Ecc.~Reducer E

SA-234 WPB

6" - Std. 1800 L. R. Return

4"- X Stg. 1800s. R. Return

SA-234 WPB

4" - Std. Tee

6" x 6" x 4" X Stg. Red. Tee

SA-234 WPB

Pressure vessel users and manufacturers have developed certain standard practices
which have proven advantageous in the design and construction of pressure vessels.
This Specification includes those practices which have become the most widely accepted
and followed.
These standards are partly references t o the selected alternatives permitted by t h e

A. GENERAL
1. This Specification together with the purchase order and drawings covers the
requirements for the design and fabrication of pressure vessels.
2. In case of conflicts, the purchase order and drawings take precedence over this
Specification.
3. Pressure vessels shall be designed, fabricated, inspected and stamped in accordance
with the latest edition of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code, Section VIII,
Division 1 , and its subsequent addenda.

5. Vessel Manufacturer are invited t o q u o t e prices on alternate materials and construction methods if economics or other aspects make it reasonable t o d o so.

6. All deviations from this Specification, the purchase order, or the drawings shall
have the written approval of the Purchaser.

I
I
I

I . Pressure Vessels shall be designed t o withstand the loadings exerted by internal o r

external pressure, weight of the vessel, wind, earthquake, reaction of supports,
impact, and temperature.
2. The maximum allowable working pressure shall be limited by the shell o r head, not
by minor parts.

3. Wind load a n d earthquake. All vessels shall be designed t o be free-standing. T o

1972 (Code Requirement for Minimum Design Loads in Buildings and Other
Structures) shall be applied.

It is assumed that wind and earthquake loads do not occur simultaneously, thus
the vessel should be designed for either wind o r earthquake loading, whichever is

Supports).

5. The deflection of vertical vessels under normal operating conditions shall not exceed
6 inches per 100 feet o f length.

I
I
I

190
Specification for the Design and Fabrication of Pressure Vessels (continued)
6. Stresses in skirts, saddles. o r other supports and their attachment welds may exceed
the m a x i n i u ~ nallowable stress values o f materials given in Part UCS o f t h e ASME
Code by 33-113 percent.

7. Vessel manufacturers shall subrnit designs for approval when purchaser does n o t
furnish a design o r ctoes not specify the required plate thickness.
C. FABRICATlUN

1. Materials shall be specified by purchaser and their designation indicated o n t h e

shop drawings. Materials shall not be substituted for those specified without prior
written approval of purchaser.

2. The thickness of plate used for shell and heads shall be 114-inch minimum.
3. Manufacturer's welding procedure and qualification records shall be submitted for
approval upon receipt of purchase order. Welding shall not be performed prior
t o purchaser's approval of welding procedure and qualification.
All welding shall be d o n e by the metallic shielded arc or the submerged arc
welding process.
Permanently installed backing strips shall not be used without written approval of
purchaser. When used, backing strips shall be the same composition steel as that
which they are attached to.
4 . Longitudinal seams in cylindrical or conical shells, all seams in spherical shells and
built-up heads shall be located t o clear openings, their reinforcing pads, and saddlewear plates. Circumferential seams of shell shall be located t o clear openings,
their reinforcing pads, tray and insulation support rings, and saddle wear plates.
When the covering of circumferential seam by reinforcing pad is unavoidable, the
seam shall be ground flush and examined prior t o welding the reinforcing pad
in place.
No longitudinal joints shall be allowed within the downcomer area or a t any other
place where proper visual inspection of the weld is impossible.
The niininiuni size of fillet weld serving as strength weld for internals shall be
114 inch.
5. Skirt. Vertical vessels shall be provided with a skirt which shall have a n outside
diameter equal t o the outside dianieter of the supported vessel . The minimum
thickness for a skirt shall be 114 inch.
Skirts shall be provided with a minimum of two 2-inch vent holes located as high
as possible 180 degrees apart.
Skirts 4 feet in dianieter and less shall have one access opening; larger than 4-foot
diameter skirts shall have t w o 18-inch O.D. access openings reinforced with sleeves.
6. Base rings shall be designed for a n allowable bearing pressure o n concrete of 6 2 5 psi.
7. Anchor bolt chairs or lug rings shall be used where required and in all cases where
vessel height exceeds 60 feet. The number of anchor bolts shall be in multiples
o f 4 ; a n l i n ~ m u no~f 8 is preferred.

8. Saddle. Horizontal vessels shall be supported by saddles, preferably b y only t w o

whenever possible.
Saddles shall be welded t o the vessel, except when specifically ordered t o be
shipped loose. Saddles t o be shipped loose shall be fitted t o the vessel and matchmarked for field installation. The shop drawing shall bear detailed instruction
concerning this.

Specification for the Design and Fabrication o f Pressure Vessels (continuedj

When temperature expansion will cause more than 318 inch change in t h e distance
between the saddles. a slide bearing plate shall be used. Where the vessel is
supported by concrete saddles 114 inch thick, corrosion plate 2 inches wider t h a n
the concrete saddle shall be welded t o the shell with a continuous weld. T h e
corrosion plate shall be provided with a 114 inch vent hole plugged with plastic
sealant after the vessel has been pressure tested.

9 . Openings of 2 inches and smaller shall be 6 0 0 0 Ib forged steel full or half

coupling.
Openings 2-1 12 inches and larger shall be flanged.
Flanges shall conform t o Standard ANSI B16.5-1973.
Flange faces shall be as follows:
Raised face. . . . . . . . below rating 6 0 0 1b ANSl
Raised face. . . . . . . . rating 6 0 0 1b ANSI, pipe size 3 inches and smaller
Ring type joint. . . . . . rating 6 0 0 1b ANSI, pipe size 4 inches and larger
Ring type joint. . . . . . above rating 6 0 0 1b ANSI.
Flange-bolt-holes shall straddle the principal centerlines of the vessel. Openings
shall he flush with inside of vessel when used as drains or when located so that
there would be interference with vessel internals. Internal edges of openings shall
be rounded t o a minimum radius of 1 / 8 inch or to a radius equal t o one-half of the
pipe wall thickness when it is less than 114 inch.
When the inside diameter of the nozzle neck and the welding neck flange or
welding fitting differ by 1/ I 6 inch or more, the part of smaller diameter shall be
tapered at a ratio 1 :4.
Openings shall be reinforced for new and cold, as well as for corroded condition.
The plate used for reinforcing pad shall be the same composition stet1 as that used
for the shell or head to which it is connected.
Reinforcing pads shall be provided with a 114 inch tapped tell-tale hole located at
90" off the longitudinal axis of vessel.
The minimum outside diameter of the reinforcing pad shall be 4 inches PILLSthe
outside diameter of the opening's neck.
When covers are t o be provided for openings according t o the purchaser's requisition, manufacturer shall furnish the required gaskets and studs: these shall not be
used for testing the vessel.
Manway covers shall be provided with davits.
Coupling threads must be clean and free from defects after installation.
10. Internals. Trays shall be furnishid by tray fabricator and installed by vessel
manufacturer. Tray support rings and downcomer bolting bars shall be furnished
and installed by vessel manufacturer. The tray fabricator shall submit complete
shop details, including installation instructions and packing list, t o purchaser f o r
approval and transnuttal t o vessel fabricator.
Trays shall be designed for a uniform live load of 1 0 psf or the weight of water
setting. whichever is greater, and for a concentrated live load of 2 5 0 lb.
At the design loading the maximum deflection of trays shall not exceed
u p t o 10-foot diameter - 1 / 8 inch
larger than 10-foot diameter - 311 6 inch

192
Specification for the Design and Fabrication of Pressure Vessels (continued)
The minimum thickness of internal plateworks and support rings shall not be less
than 114 inch.
Internal carbon steel piping shall be standard weight.
Internal flanges shall be ANSI 150-lb slip-on type or fabricated from plate.
Carbon steel internal flanges shall be fastened with carbon steel square-head
machine bolts and square nuts tack-welded t o the flanges t o avoid loosening.
Removable internals shall be made in sections which can be removed through
the manways.
Removable internals shall not be provided with corrosion allowance. F o r openings
connected to p u m p suction, a vortex breaker shall be provided.
11. Appurtenances. Vessels provided with manways, liquid level controls o r relief
valves 12 feet above grade, shall be equipped with caged ladders and platforms.
Ladder and platform lugs shall be shop-welded t o the vessel. Where vertical vessels
require insulation, fabricator shall furnish and install support rings. Reinforcing
rings may also be utilized in supporting insulation.
Insulation support rings shall be 112 inch less in width than the thickness o f
insulation and spaced 1 2 foot-112 inch clear starting at the t o p tangent line. The
t o p ring shall be continuously welded t o the head; all other rings may be attached
by a 1-inch long fillet weld on 12-inch centers. The b o t t o m head o f insulated
vertical vessel shall be equipped with 112-inch square nuts welded with their edges
t o the outside of the head o n approximately 12-inch square centers.
12. Fabrication tolerances shall not exceed the limits indicated in the table beginning
on page 170.

D. INSPECTION
1. Purchaser reserves the right t o inspect the vessel at any time during fabrication t o
assure that the vessel materials and the workmanship are in accordance with this
specification.
2. The approval of any work by the purchaser's representative and his release of a
vessel shall not relieve the manufacturer of any responsibility for carrying out the
provisions of this specification.
E. MISCELLANEOUS

1. Radiographic examination shall be performed when required by the ASME Code

or when determined by the economics of design.
2. The completed vessel shall be provided with a name plate securely attached t o the
vessel by welding.

3. If the vessel is post-weld heat-treated, no welding is permitted after stress relieving.

4. Removable internals shall be installed after stress relieving.

5 . The location of all vessel components openings, seams, internals, etc., o f the vessel
shall be indicated on the shop drawings by the distance t o a common reference
line. The reference line shall be permanently marked on the shell.
6. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be maintained for an adequate time t o permit
a thorough inspection, in any case not less than 30 minutes.
7. Vessels shall n o t be painted unless specifically stated o n order.

Specification f o r the Design and Fabrication of Pressure Vessels (continued)

F. PREPARATION F O R SHIPMENT
1. After final hydrostatic test, vessel shall be dried and cleaned thoroughly inside and
outside t o remove grease, loose scale, rust and dirt.

2. All finished surfaces which are n o t protected by blind flanges shall be coated with
rust preventative.
3. All flanged openings which are n o t provided with covers shall be protected by
suitable steel plates.

4. Threaded openings shall be plugged.

5. For internal parts, suitable supports shall be provided t o avoid damage during
shipment.

6. Bolts and nuts shall be coated with waterproof lubricant.

7. Vessels shall be clearly identified by painting the order and item n u m b e r in a
conspicuous location o n the vessel.

8. Small parts which are t o be shipped loose shall be bagged o r boxed and marked
with the order and item number of the vessel.

9. Vessel fabricator shall take all necessary precautions in loading by blocking and
bracing the vessel and furnishing all necessary material t o prevent damages.

G. FINAL REPORTS
1 . Before the vessel is ready for shipment the manufacturer shall furnish purchaser
copies o r reproducible transparency each of the following reports:

a. Manufacturer's data report.

b. Shop drawings showing the vessel and dimensions "as built".
c. Photostatic copies of recording charts showing pressure during hydrostatic test.
d . Photostatic copies of recording charts showing temperature during post-weld
heat treatment.
e . Rubbing of name plate.

H. GUARANTEE
Manufacturer guarantees that the vessel fulfills all conditions as stated in this
Specification and that it is free f r o m fault in design, workmanship and material.
Should any defect develop during the first year of operation, the manufacturer agrees
t o make all necessary alterations, repairs and replacements free of charge.

WELDED STEEL TANKS FOR OIL STORAGE

API. Standard 650, Eighth Edition, 1988

TESTING

Bottom Welds
1. Air pressure or vacuum shall be applied using soapsuds, linseed oil, or other
suitable material for detection of leaks, or
2. After attachment of at least the lowest shell course water shall be pumped.
underneath the bottom and a head of 6 inches of liquid shall be maintained inside a
temporary dam.
Tank Shell
1 . The tank shall be filled with water, or
2. Painting all joints on the inside with highly penetrating oil, and examining
outside for leakage
3. Applying vacuum

APPENDICES OF API STANDARD 650

Appendix A - Optional Design Basis for Small Tanks
Appendix B - Foundations
Appendix C - Floating Roofs
Appendix E - Seismic Design of Storage Tanks
Appendix F - Design for Small Internal Pressure
Appendix H - Internal Floating Roofs
Appendix J - Shop-Assembled Storage Tanks
Appendix K - Example of the application of variable design point procedure
to Determine Shell-Plate Thicknesses
Appendix M - Tanks Operating at Elevated Temperatures
Appendix N - Use of Unidentified Materials
Appendix 0 - Under-Bottom Connections

WELDED STEEL TANKS, API. Std. 650 - APPENDIX A

FORMULAS
G = specific gravity of liquid t o

NOTATION

be stored, but in no
case less than 1.0
H = height, ft.
t = minimum required plate
thickness, in.
R = radius of curvature of
roof, ft.
0 = angle of cone elements
with the horizontal, deg.

C.A . = corrosion allowance,

in.

= mean diameter of tank,

= joint efficiency, 0.85

ft.
when spot radiographed
0.70 when not radiographed

Ea
I

I = (

SELF-SUPPORTING
DOME A N D
UMBRELLA

C.A.
Plate
thickness, in.
Kc
?4
% C,

Smaller than 50
50 to 120, excl.
120 to 200, incl.
Over 200

F-F

Mean diameter of
tank, ft

SHELL

r,

( E l (21,000)

but in no case less than the following:

SELF-SUPPORTING
CONE ROOF

2.6) (D)(H-1) (G)

t=

400 sin B

Maximum t
Maximum 9
Minimum 0

3?!

but not less than

3/i6 in.

112 in.

= 37 deg.
9:12 slope
= 9 deg. 28 min. 2: 12 slope

R / 2 0 0 but not less than 3/,, in.

Maximum t = $5 in.
R = radius of curvature of roof, in feet.
Minimum R = 0 . 8 0 (unless otherwise specified by the
purchaser).
Maximum R = 1.20.
I=

The cross-sectional area of the top angle, in square

inches, plus the cross-sectional areas of the shell and
roof plates within a distance of 16 times their thicknesses, measured from their most remote point of attachment to the top angle, shall be minimum:
For Self-Supporting
Cone Roofs:

TOP R I N G

BOTTOM

D
3,000 sin 0

For Self-supporting
Dome and Umbrella Roofs;

DR
1,500

All bottom plates shall have a minimum nominal thickness of 1 /4 in.

WELDED STEEL TANKS FOR OIL STORAGE

API. Standard 650, Eighth Edition, 1988
APPENDIX J - SHOP-ASSEMBLED STORAGE TANKS
(Summary of major requirements)
SCOPE
This appendix provides design and fabrication specifications for vertical
storage tanks of such size as to permit complete shop assembly and delivery to
the installation site in one piece. Storage tanks designed on this basis arenot to
exceed 20 feet in diameter within the scope of API Standard 650.
MATERIALS
The most commonly used plate materials of those permitted by this standard:
A 36, A 283 C, A 285 C, A 516-55, A 516-60
WELDED JOINTS
As described in Appendix A (see preceding page) with the following modifications:
Lap-welded joints in bottoms are not permissible
All shell joints shall be full penetration butt-welded without the use of backup
bars.
Top angles shall not be required for flanged roof tanks.
Joints in bottom plates shall be full penetration butt welded.
Flat bottoms shall be attached to the shell by continuous fillet weld laid on
each side of the shell plate.
BOTTOM DESIGN
All bottom plate shall have a minimum thickness of '/4 inch.
Bottoms may be flat or flat-flanged.
Flat bottoms shall project at least 1 inch beyond the outside diameter of the
weld attaching the bottom to shell.
SHELL DESIGN
Shell plate thickness shall be designed with the formula:
(for notations see Appendix A on preceding page)
t = ( 2.6) (D) (H- I ) (G) C.A.
( E ) (21,000)
,but in no case shall the nominal thickness less than:
+

Nominal Tank Diameter Nominal Plate Thickness

(feet)
(inches)
Up to 10.5, incl.. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 'Il6
Over 10.5 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . I/,

ROOF DESIGN
Roofs shall be self supporting cone or dome and umbrella roofs.
See Appendix A for design formulas.
TESTING
Apply 2 to 3 pounds per square inch internal air pressure.

202
Summary of Major Requirements of
PIPING CODES
pertaining to
PIPE WALL THlCKNESS AND ALLOWABLE PRESSURE
CODE & SCOPE

FORMULAS
Internal Pressure
1. =

-PD"
-- + A
+ 4.)

Pd + 2SEA + ZyPA
=
Z(SE
4. - P )

ANSI B31.1-1986

POWER PIPING
This Code prescribes minimum requirements for the design, materials, fabrication.
erection, test, and inspection of power and
auxiliary service piping systems for electric
generation stations, industrial and institutional plants, central and district heating
plants, and district heating systems, except
as limited by Para. 100.1.3. These systems
are not limited by plant or other property
lines unless they are specifically limited in
Para. 100.1.

USAS 831.2-1968
FUEL GAS PIPING
This Code covers the design, fabrication, installation, and testing of piping
systems for fuel gases such as natural gas,
manufactured gas, liquefied petroleum
gas (LPG) - air mixtures above the upper
combustible limit, liquefied petroleum
gas (LPG) in the gaseous phase, or mixtures of these gases.

ANSl B31.3-1990

p ,
=

ZSE(t.-A)
- 2y(r. A )

Do
d

LYE([. - A )
2y(1. - A ) 2r.

VALUES OF,S, 1 0 0 0 psi.

For hlater~alsASTM A 5 3 B and A 106 B
For Metal Te~nperature.;not Exceeding Deg. F
2 0 to 6 5 0

External Ressure
For determining wall thickness and stiffening requirements the
procedures outlined in h a s . UG-28, 2 9 and 30 of Section VIII,
Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be
followed.

Internal Pressure

r,=t+A
(See

notes

2SE1

I , 3. 4 , 5 , 6 , 8 )

VALUES OF,S,1000 psi.

For hlaterials ASTM A 53 B a n d A 106 6
For Metal Temperatures Not Exceeding Deg. F
20 to I 0 0
200
300
400
450
20.00
19.10 18.15
17.25
16.80

Internal Pressure

C H E M I C A L P L A N T AND
P E T R O L E U M REFINERY PIPING

I,

(a) This Code prescribes requirements for the

materials, design, fabrication, assembly, erection,
examination, inspection, and testing of piping systems subject to pressure or vacuum.
( b )This Code applies to piping systems handling
all fluids, including fluidized solids, and to all
types of service, including raw, intermediate, and
finished chemicals, oil and other petroleum products, gas, steam, air, water. and refrigerants, except
as provided in 300,1, 2 or 300,1 , 3 , Only Category
and
services as defined in 300.2 'Ie
segregated for special consideration.

( S e e notes I , 7 . 8)

=t+c

= Z[SE

Pd

- P(l

- Y)]

PD
r =
z(sE + P Y )

VALUES OF,S,1000 psi

For Material ASTM A 53b and A 106b
For Metal Temperatures not Exceeding Deg. F
2 0 to 1 0 0
200
300
400
500
A 53B
A I O h B 20.00
20.00
20.00
20.00
18.90
External Pressure
For determining wall thickness and stiffening requirements the
procedures outlined in Paras. UG-28. 29 and 30 of Section VIII,
Division 1 of the ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code shall be
followed.

RECTANGULAR TANKS
EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA
Capacity of the tank: 600 gallon = 8 0 cu. ft. approximately
Content: water; G = 1
The side of a cube-shaped tank for the designed capacity:
Preferred proportion of sides:
L = 4.31 x 1.5 = 6.47 ft. = 78 inches
H = 4.31 x ,667 = 2.87 ft. = 34 inches
Width of the tank 4.31 ft. = 52 inches
S = 13750, using SA 285 C material
Corrosion allowance: 111 6 in.
H/L = 34/78 = 0.43; /3 = 0.063

= 4.31 ft.

REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS

t = 78

0.063

3 4 x 10.036

13750

= 0.18 in

+ 0.0625 corr. allow

= 114 in.

STIFFENING FRAME

0.036 x 1
W =

34*

I rnln
.

20.808 lbiin

R, = 0.3 x 20.808 = 6.24 Iblin

R2 = 0.6 x 20.808 = 14.57 lblin

6.24 x 7g4
192 x 3 4 000,000 x 0.1875

= 0.214

in4

1-314 x 1-314 x 3/16 (.I8 in4) satisfactory for stiffening at the top of the tank

BOTTOM PLATE WHEN SUPPORTED BY BEAMS

if number of beams = 4 ; 1 = 26 inches
lb =

26
1.254d-i=

in"

Or using the plate thickness0.1875 as calculated above, the maximum

spacing for supports:
1, = 1.254 x 0.1875

0.036 x 1 x 34

= 24.9 in.

RECTANGULAR TANKS
WITH VERTICAL STIFFENINGS
NOTATION

p
E
If
I
G

1
L
S
t

= Factor depending on ratio ol length and height, 1111

(See Table on page 20G )
= modulus of elasticity, psi.
= height of tank inches4
= moment of inertia, in
= specific gravity or liquid
= Ihe maximum dislance between slirrcnings
on the longer or shorter side of thc tank, inchcs.
= length of tank, inches
= stress value of plate, psi.
= required plate thickness, inchcs t , = actual plate thickness, inches
= load, Ibs.
= section modulus, in3

REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS

,.,/-my

LOADS, Ib/in
W = 0.036 G I I ~

R, = 0.3,

R, = 0.7,

STIFFENING FRAME

Required section modulus of vertical stiffening

z = 0.0642. 0.036 GH31

S

Minimum required moment of inertia for top-edge slicfcning:

R, L~

'mi"

= 192 E to

RECTANGULAR TANKS
WITH VERTICAL STIFFENINGS
EXAMPLES
DESIGN DATA

E = 30,000,000 psi
L = 78 in
H = 34 in
B = 52 in
S = 13570 psi
1 = 26 in

Content: Water
G = 1
34
26

HI1 = - = 1.31:

P = 0.22

REQUIRED PLATE THICKNESS

+ 0.0625 corr. allow

3116 in

STIFFENING FRAME

0.0642
Zmin

2 x 2

H'

192

343 x 26

= 20.8 lblin

6.24 X
7g4
30,000,000 X 0.125

0.172 in3

3116 (. 19 in3) satisfactory for vertical stiffening

342

INII

13750

I . =

0.036

RI = 0 3 x 20.8 = 6.24 lb/in

= 0.32 in4

RECTANGULAR TANKS
Under Hydrostatic Pressure
WITH HORIZONTAL STIFFENINGS
NOTATION
E = modulus of elasticity, psi.; 30,000,000tor carbon steel
G = specific gravity of liquid
H = height of tank, in
I = moment of inertia, in.4
L = length of tank,inches
p = pressure of liquid, psi.
R = reaction with subscripts indicating the location, lb./in.
S = stress value of plate, psi.
t = required plate thickness, inches
ta = actual plate thickness, inches
w = load per unit of length lb./in.

:::$+

L-J
SPACING O F
STIFFENINGS

REQUIRED PLATE
THICKNESS

R3

-+

HI = 0.6H

f =

H2 = 0.4H

0.3

w = 0.036 GH'
LOAD lb./in.

RI = 0.06 w R2 = 0.3

R2

= 0.64 w

Minimum required moment of inertia

for top-edge stiffening
MINIMUM MOMENT
OF INERTIA FOR
STIFFENING

Il = RI L~
192 E t,
Minimum required moment of inertia
for intermediate stiffening
I/ = RJ L~
192 E fa

TIE

ROD

SUP-PORT

FOR RECTANGULAR TANKS

Under Hydrostatic Pressure
T o avoid the use of heavy stiffenings, the sides of large tanks may be supported
most economically by tie rods.
NOTATIONS
A = Required cross sectional area of
b
tie rod, sq. in.
a = horizontal pitch, in.
b = vertical pitch, in.
"1'
G = specific gravity of liquid
h2
b
P = pressure of liquid, lb.
S = stress value of rod material, psi.
t = required plate thickness, in.
S, = stress value of plate material, psi

*+ +
ii,+
*

REQUIRED
PLATE
THICKNESS

w h e n a ~ b t = 0.7b

LOAD O N
TIE ROD

P = a b 0.036 Gh

REQUIRED CROSS
SECTIONAL AREA
OF TIE ROD

AzSP

EXAMPLE
DESIGN DATA
Length=30 ft., width=12 ft., height=15 f t .
a = 60 in.
h, = 60 in
b = 60 in.
G = 1
h, = 120 in
s = 20,000 psi.
s = 20,000 psi.
Sp = 20,000 psi

t = 0.7 x 60

0.036 x 1 x 120
20,000

= 0.625 E 518 in. plate

P2 = ab0.036Gh2 = 60x60x0.036x120 = 15,552 Ib.
A, = 151552 = 0.778 sq. in. = lqi rods
20,000

P I = ab0.036Ghl = 60x60x0.036~60= 7,776 lb.

Al =

71776

20,000

= 0.389 sq. in. = 314

6 rods

s~

CORROSION
Vessels or parts of vessels subject to thinning by corrosion, erosion or mechanical
abrasion shall have provision made for the desired life of the vessel by suitable
increase in the thickness of the material over that determined by the design
formulas, or by using some other suitable method for protection (Code UG-25 bl).
The Code does not prescribe the magnitude of corrosion allowance except for vessels
with a required minimum thickness of less than 0.25 in. that are to be used in steam,
water or compressed air service, shall be provided with corrosion allowance of not less
than one-sixth of the required minimum thickness. The sum of the required minimum
thickness and corrosion allowance need not exceed 114 in. This requirement does not
apply to vessel parts designed with no x-ray examination or seamless vessel parts
designed with 0.85 joint efficiency. (Code UCS-25).
For other vessels when the rate of corrosion is predictable, the desired life of the vessel
will determine the corrosion allowance and if the effect of the corrosion is indeterminated, the judgment of the designer. A corrosion rate of 5 mils per year ( 1116 in. = 12
years) is usually satisfactory for vessels and piping.
The desired life time of a vessel is an economical question. Major vessels are
usually designed for longer (15-20 years) operating life time, while minor vessels
for shorter time (8-10 years).
The corrosion allowance need not be the same thickness for all parts of the vessel
if different rates of attack are expectedffor the various parts (Code UG-25 o).
There are several different methods for measuring corrosion. The simplest way
is the use of telltale holes (Code UG-25 e) or corrosion gauges.
1

Vessels subject to corrosion shall be supplied with drain-opening (Code UG-25 E).

All pressure vessels subject to internal corrosion, erosion, or mechanical abrasion

shall be provided with inspection opening (Code UG-46).
To eliminate corrosion, corrosion resistant materials are used as lining only, or
for the entire thickness of the vessel wall.
The rules of lining are outlined in the Code in Part UCL, Appendix F and Par.

The vessel against mechanical abrasion can be protected by plate pads, which is
welded or fastened by other means to the exposed area of the vessel.
In vessels where corrosion occurs, all gaps, narrow pockets shall be avoided by
joining parts to the vessel wall with continuous weld.

216

SELECTION O F CORROSIOX RESISTAXT MATERIALS

The tabular information o n the following pages IS an attempt t o present a summarized

analysis of existing test data. I t is necessarily briei a n d , while the utmost precautions
have been taken in its preparation, i t should nor be ionsidered as infallible o r applicable
under d l conditions. Rather, 11 should be looked upon as a convenient tool for use in
determining the degree of safety whlch various marcrials are capable of providing and
in narrowing down the field of Investigation requlrcd for final selection. This p a r t ~ c u larly applies where failure due t o corrosion may produce a hazardous situation or result
in expensive d o w n - t ~ m e .
Footnotes have been generously used t o explain and further clarify information contained in this table. I t is most Important t l i ~ tthese notes be carefully read when using
the table.
In rating materials, the letter "A" Ila> been used t o indicate materials which are
generally recognized as satisiactory ior use under the condirions given. T h e letter "F"
signifies materials which are someivhat less des~rahlebut which may be used where a low
rate of corrosion is permlss~ble or ivllcre cost ionsiderations justify the use of a less
resistant material. Materials rated under the letter "("' may be satisiactory under certain
conditions. Caution should be e x c r c ~ s e din t l ~ euse of materials in this classification
unless speclfic information is avallahle o n the corroding medium and previous experience
justifies their use for the service ~ n t e n d c d . T l ~ elettcr "X" has been used to indicate
materials generally recognized as not a c c c p t ~ b l cior the service.
Information o n metals has been obtained from the International Nickel Company,
the Do\v Chemical Company, the Crane Company, the Haynes-Stelllte Company,
"Corrosion Resistance of hletals and Alloys" by hlcKay & Wortlilngton, "Metals and
Alloys Data Book" by Samuel L. White, "Chemical and Metallurglcd Engineering" and
"The Chemlcd Engineers' Handbook," Third Edition by McGra\r-H111.
NOTI.:S - G A S K E T S1ATERIXI S

I . T h e generally accepted temperature l ~ m for

~ t a good grade compressed asbestos s h e e t , also called
asbestos c o m p o s i t i o n s h e e t , is 75001;. tiowever, s o m e grades are successfully used at consider
able higher temperaturec. This t y p e of sheet is used for s m o o t h flanges. For rough flangec.
gaskets c u t from asbestos-metallic sheet o r f o r m e d hy folding asbestos-metallic cloth are pre.
ferred. T h e latter .and gaskets cut f r o m felted asbestoc sheet, are indicated for flanges when
holt pressures are necessarily limited because of t h e t y p e of flange meterial.
11. 1)ata f r o m t h e Pfaulder C o m p a n y are given f r o m t h e special point of view o f the suitability of the
gasket material for use with glass-lined steei e q u i p m e n t .
111.Data in this c o l u m n apply specifically t o Silastic 181, a special silicone rubber for use in g a s k e t ~ n g
produced by D o w - C o r n ~ n gCorporation.
IV. Fiherglas fabric fllled w ~ t hS i l a s t ~ csilicone rubher ( p o l y s ~ l o x a n eelastomer) has a usable c o m pressibilit) of ahout 2 0 per cent and s h o w s t h e chemical reststance cited here over t h e t e m p e r a t u r e
range f r o m - 8 5 t o 3 9 2 o F . For Fiherglas fabric filled with c h e m ~ c a l l yresistant s y n t h e t i c rubber,
the temperature range IS approximately -40 t o 2 5 7 o F . Both t h e sillcone ruhber a n d t h e ordinary
synthetic r u b h e r are available as gasket m a t e r ~ a l sin which t h e r e ~ n f o r c i n gfahric is a metal cloth
(hrass, aluminum. Iron, stainless steel). T h e chemical properties o f these c o n s t r u c t i o n s a r e t h e
same as those given here f o r the Fiberglas-reinforced material, with the properties o f t h e metal in
the cloth imposed upon t h e m . T h e metal-cloth construction for ~ n c r e a s e d mechanical strength
and electrical conductivity.

V. Teflon is the DuPont trade-name for polvmerized tetrafluorethylene. It is c o m p l e t e l y inert in t h e

presence of all k n o w n chemicals. It is n o t affecred by any k n o w n solvent o r c o m b i n a t i o n of
solvents. It is chemically stable u p t o 6 1701; b u t , heing a plastic, it is n o t r e c o m m e n d e d for
gasket applications above 3 9 2 o F o r for high pressures unless confined in a tongue-and-groove or
s ~ m i l a rjoint.

Sources of Data: A - Armstrong Cork C o . ; C - C o n n e c t i c u t Hard R u b b e r C o . ; D - Dow-Corning

C o r p . : E - E. 1. DuPont d e N e m o u r s & Co.: J - Johns-Manville C o r p . ; P - T h e Pfaudler Co.:
S - S t a n c o Distributors. Inc.: U - United States R u b b e r Co.
I n f o r m a t i o n o n gasket materials compiled hy McCraw-Hill, "Chemical Engineers Handbook."
Third Edition.

Chemical

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF GASKETS

(SEE CHEMICALS O N OPPOSITE PAGE)

Resistance Ratings: Same as facing page

*See text a t the f r o n t page o f these tables.

20
21.
22.
23.
21.
2.5.
26.
2'.
28.
29.

H i ~ h l )corrorrtz to nickel allo)r .zt zlztardd rzmperarurrr. Rzrommzndatron applrrr to ".fr)" Rar ar or.frnar) t r m p z r ~ t u r z r .
48% - borl at 330'.
Room temperature - otzr 8 0 7 ~ .
Kot for t r m p r r ~ t u r z roter 39O0F.
L'p to 140'F.
L'p to 200F.
L'p t o 176F.
107c m a x i m u m , borlrng.
5 0 5 , 3-70".
Do nor urr it iron conramrna~ion ir no1

pzrmrrrible.
107c - room tzmperaturr.
Hot.
L ' N I I ~ I J ~ I C I for
O ~ ) her R J J Z ~ .
Ha-tzllo) "C" to 1.58'.
Room temperature to 1.58'. Corrorron increarrr utrth incrrarr i n concrn/r.zrion .zr
ell ar trmprrarurr.
3.5 Drlutr at room rzmprrarurr.
36. Attack incrrarer u f h z n onl) partiall) rubmrrgr.f; fumes t e r ) corrorit,d.
3'. Hartello) "C" t o 212".
30
31.
32
33.
34

CHEMICAL RESISTANCE OF GASKETS

(SEE CHEMICALS ON OPPOSITE PAGE)
Resistance Rat~ngs: Same as facing page

F:

Asbestos
Cornp.,
Rubber
Bonded

-- -

Rubber
1

Woven
Rubber
Frictioned

liiscellaneous
--

A A A A . \ A - - - - - F A A X C F - C A A A X A C X X X X X X X X X C - X - A A X X A
X A C C C C X X X X X X A - X A F A X X A
X A X X X X X X X X X X C - X A A X X X A
A - .A - - - - - - F C X - - F - X X A A A
X A A A A A A A A F F - - F - C A A F X
A - - - - F A A F C F - X C X A . A - A C C C X X X C F . 4 X C C - F A X C A
X . 4 A . 4 A A C C C C F C C - C - X A X X A
A - - C C C C C C A C A A - A A . A A X X A
A - - A A A A A A A A A A - A X X A A X A
A - A - - - - - - A X - A - - C A A . A A
A
- C A A X C C . L \ A A X F A - A A A A A A A A A A A C A A A A X X A
C A A A A A A A A A A A A C A - . A A A F A
A - A A A A A A A A A A A C A A A A A A A
A - - - - - - - - A A A A - A - A A A A A
A - A A A A A A A C C C A C C A A A X X A
C A A A A A A A A C F C C - C A A A X X A
*See text at the tront page ot' these tables.
20. Htghl) rorro~rve lo nickel a l l o ) ~ar elepermrr~rble.
t ~ a ~ e lemperarurer.
d
Rerommendatron up- 30. 10% - room remperarure.
plies lo "dr)" gar U I ordrnar) remperarurer.
31. Hor.
21. 48Vo - 6011 ar 330'
32. L't~~arrrfar~or)
jor hor garer.
22. Room remperalure - over 80%.
33. H a r ~ e l l o )"C" 10 1 1 8 0
2 3 Nor for ~emperarureror er 390F.
3 4 Room tempera~urel o 158'. Corrorron in24. U p lo 14OoF.
rrearer uirh increase rn conren~rariun ar
21. U p lo 20o'F.
u ell ar rernperrrture.
31. Drlure ar room lemperarure.
26. U p ro 176'F.
36.
Arrack
inrreare~ ufhen onl) par~rall) tub27. 1OVo maxrrnum; boilrng.
28. 10'70 0; 320'.
merged, turner t er) corrorrte.
37. Ha~rello)"C" to
29. D~ no1 UJe if iron conraminalion ir nor

FABRICATING CAPACITIES
T H E T A B L E S BELOW A R E F O R D A T A O F F A B R I C A T I N G C A P A C I T I E S O F T H E S H O P
WHICH H A V E T O BE KNOWN BY T H E V E S S E L D E S I G N E R . T H E C O L U M N S H A V E BEEN
L E F T O P E N A N D A R E T O BE F I L L E D IN BY T H E U S E R O F T H I S H A N D B O O K
ACCORDING T O T H E FACILITIES O F T H E SHOP CONSIDERED.

MAXIMUM
WIDTH in.

MAXIMUM
T H I C K N E S S in.

MINIMUM
D I A M E T E R in.

MAXIMUM
SIZE

EAINIMUM
D I A M E T E R in.

MINIMUM
SIZE

MINIMUM
D I A M E T E R in.

MAXIMUM
SIZE

MINIMUM
D I A M E T E R in.

MAXIMUM
SIZE

MINIMUM
D I A M E T E R in.

MAXIMUM
SIZE

MINIMUM
D I A M E T E R in.

ROLLING PLATES
TENSILE STRENGTH
psi.
O F PLATE
NOTE:
FOR MATERIAL O F H I G H E R
STRENGTH T H E THICKNESS
O R WIDTH O F T H E P L A T E
M U S T BE R E D U C E D I N
DIRECT PROPORTION T O
THE HIGHER STRENGTH

ROLLING ANGLES

":."
kE",

+k%
".::-I

ROLLING BEAMS
0N
FLANGES

ROLLING CHANNELS

a
QFLt::Es

ROLLING FLAT BAR

Min. Thickness of Flange

LZ2A+t +r

"t" Minus Tolerance for Stud Length

4. "r" Rounding-off

PRESSURE VESSEL DETAILING

IN THE PRACTICE THERE A R E SEVERAL DIFFERENT WAYS O F DETAILING
PRESSURE VESSELS. BY MAKING THE DRAWINGS ALWAYS WITH THE SAME
METHOD, CONSIDERABLE TIME CAN BE S A V E D A N D ALSO THE POSSIBILITIES O F
ERRORS A R E LESS. THE RECOMMENDED METHOD IN THE FOLLOWING PROVED
PRACTICAL A N D GENERALLY ACCEPTED.

HORIZONTAL VESSELS

A. Select the scale so that all

openings, seams, etc., can
be sho,yn without makln
the picture overcrowded
or confusing.

B. Show right-end view if

necessary only for clarlty
because of numerous connections, etc., on heads.
In this case it is not necessary to show on both
views the connections etc.,
in shell.
,

ELEVATION

C. Sho,w the saddles separately, ~f showing them on the

end view would overcrowd
the picture. On elevation
show only a simple
ture of saddle and
centerlines.

D. Locate davit.
E. Locate name plate.
F. Locate seams, after every-

thing is in place on elevation. The seams have to

clear nozzles, lugs and
saddles.

G. Show on the elevation and

end view a simple
of openings, internaE,cEe
if a se arate detail has t o
be ma& for these.
H. Dimensioning on the elevation drawing. All locations shall be, shown with
tailed dmensions measured from the reference line.
The distance from ref. line
t o be shown for one saddle
on1 . The other saddle
shafi be located showing
the dimension between the
anchor bolt holes of the
saddles.
END VIEW

I. Two symbolic bolt holes

shown in flan es make
clear that the 5 o l e s are
straddling the parallel lines
with the principal centerlines of vessel.

PREFERRED LOCATIONS
Of Vessel Cornponents and Appurtenances

A. Anchor bolts straddle principal centerlines of

vessel.

B. Skirt access openings above base minimum to

clear anchor lugs, maximum 3'-0".
C. Skirt vent holes as high as possible.
D. Name plate above manway or liquid level control, or level gauge. If there is no manway,
5'-0" above base.

E. Lifting lugs - if the weight of the vessel is uniform, "En dimension is equal .207 times the
overall length of vessel.
F. Manway 3'-0" above t o p of platform - floor
plate.
C. Insulation ring must clear girth seam and shall
be cut out to clear nozzles, etc.
H. Insulation ring spacing 8 - 12 feet (approx.
length of metal jacket sheet).
J. Girth seams shall clear trays, nozzles, lugs.

K. Long seams to clear nozzles, lugs, tray downcomers. Do not locate long seams behind downcomers. Seams shall be located so that visual
inspection can be made with all internals in
place.
Longitudinal seams t o be staggered
1800 if possible.
L. Ladder and platform relation.
M. Davit and hinge to be located as the manway
is most accessible, or right hand side.

N. Ladder rung level with t o p of platform floor

plate. The height of first rung above base varies,
minimum 6", maximum 1'-6".

PRESSLIRE VESSEL DETAILING (cont.)

OPENINGS

"

PAINTING
O F STEEL SURFACES

PURPOSE

The main purpose o f painting is the preservation o f a steel surface. The paint retards
the corrosion 1 ., by preventing the contact o f corrosive agents from the vessel surface and
2., by rust inhibitive, electrochemical properties o f the paint material.
The paints must be suitable to resist the effects o f the environment, heat, impact,
abrasion and action o f chemicals.
SURFACE PREPARATION

The primary requisite for a successful paint job is the removal o f mill scale, rust, dirt,
grease, oil and foreign matter. Mill scale is the bluish-gray, thick layer o f iron oxides
which forms on structural steel subsequent to the hot rolling operation. I f the mill
scale is intact and adheres tightly to the metal, it provides protection to the steel, however, due to the rolling and dishing o f plates, completely intact mill scale is seldom
encountered in practice.
I f mill scale is not badly cracked, a shop primer will give long life in mild environments,
provided that the loose mill scale, rust, oil, grease, etc. are removed.
ECONOMIC CONSIDERATIONS

The selection o f paint and surface preparation beyond the technical aspects is naturally
a problem o f economics.
The cost o f paint is normally 5 3 0 % or less o f the cost o f painting a structure, thus the
advantage o f using high quality paint is apparent. Sixty percent or more o f the total
expense o f a paint job lies in the surface preparation and the cost o f preparation to
different degrees i s varying in a proportion o f 1 to 10-12. For example, the cost o f
sandblasting is about 10-12 times higher than that o f the hand wire brushing. The cost
o f surface preparation should be balanced against the increased life o f the vessel.
SELECTION OF PAINT SYSTEMS

The tables on the following pages serve as guides to select the proper painting system
and estimate the required quantity o f paint for various service conditions. The data
tabulated there have been taken from the Steel Structures Painting Council's specifications and recommendations.
Considering the several variables o f painting problems, it is advisable to request the
assistance o f paint manufacturers.
SPECIAL CONDITIONS
ABRASION

When the painting must resist abrasion, the good adhesion o f the coating is particularly
important. For maximum adhesion, blast cleaning is the best and also pickling is satisfactory. Pretreatments such as hot phosphate or wash primer are excellent for etching
and roughening the surface.
Urethane coatings, epoxies and vinyl paints have very good abrasion resistance. Zincrich coating, and phenolic paints are also good. Oleoresinous paints may develop much
greater resistance by incorporation o f sand reinforcement.

242
HIGH TEMPERATURE
Below temperatures of 500-600F to obtain a good surface for coating, hot phosphate
treatment is satisfactory. Above 500-600F a blast cleaned surface is desirable.

Recommended Paints:
Up t o

200 200 300 300 700 -

250 F
300 F
400 F
550 F
800 F

Oil base paints limited period

An alkyd or phenolic vehicle
Specially modified alkyds
Colored silicones
Inorganic zinc coatings above 550 F
Black or Aluminum silicones
800 - 1200 F Aluminum silicones u p to 1600-1800 F
Silicone ceramic coatings

CORROSIVE CHEMICALS
See tables I and V for the selection of paint systems.
THE REQUlRED QUANTITY O F PAINT
Theoretically, one gallon of paint covers 1600 square feet surface with 1 mil (0.001 inch)
thick coat when it is wet.

The dry thickness is determined by the solid (non volatile) content of the paint, which
can be found in the specification on the label, or in the supplier's literature.
If the content of solids by volume is, for example, 60%, then the maximum dry coverage
(spreading rate) theoretically will be 1600 x .60 = 960 square feet.
THE CONTENT OF SOLIDS OF PAINTS BY VOLUME %
Spec.
No.

Paint

I
2
3
4
5
6
8
9
11

R e d Lead a n d R a w linseed Oil

Primer
Red L e a d , I r o n O x i d e , R a w Lins e e d Oil a n d A l k y d Primer
Red Lead, Iron Oxide. a n d Fract i o n a t e d Linseed Oil Primer
E x t e n d e d Red L e a d , R a w a n d
Bodied Linseed Oil Primer
Zinc D u s t , Zinc O x i d e , a n d Phenolic
Varnish Paint
Red L e a d , Iron O x i d e , a n d Phenolic
Varnish Paint
A l u m i n u m Vinyl Paint
White ( o r C o l o r e d ) Vinyl Paint
Red I r o n O x i d e , Zinc C h r o m a t e ,
R a w Linseed Oil a n d A l k y d
Primer

Spec.
No.

96

12

82

13

96

14

70

I5
16

60
47
14
17
70

101
102
103
104
106
107

Pa~nt

Cold Applied Asphalt Mastic

50
( E x t r a T h i c k Film)
R e d o r Brown O n e - C o a t S h o p
60
Paint
R e d L e a d , I r o n O x i d e & Linseed
96
Oil Primer
Steel Joist S t e e l S h o p Paint
70
Coal T a r E p o x y - P o l y a m i d e Black
75
( o r D a r k R e d ) Paint
40
A l u m i n u m A l k y d Paint
Black A l k y d Paint
37
Black Phenolic Paint
57
White o r T i n t e d A l k y d P a i n t .
4 7 - 50
T y p e s 1. 11, 111, 1V
Black Vinyl Paint
13
R e d L e a d , Iron O x i d e a n d
60
A l k y d I n t e r m e d i a t e Paint

In practice, especially with spray application, the paint never can be utilized at 100
percent. Losses due to overspray, complexity of surface (piping. etc.) may decrease the
actual coverage to 40-60%, or even more.

PART

I1.

GEOMETRY AND LAYOUT OF PRESSURE VESSELS

1.

Geometrical Formulas

..................

2 . Geometrical Problems and Construction . . . . . . . . .

3 . Solution of h g h t Triangles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
4 . Optimum Vessel Size

5.

...................

Flat Rings Made of Sectors

................

6 . Frustum of Concentric Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

7 . Frustum of Eccentric Cone . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
8. Bent and Mitered Pipes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

9 . Intersections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
10. Drop at The Intersection of Vessel and Nozzle . . . . . .
11.

Table for Locating Points on 2: 1 Ellipsoidal Heads . . . .

12. Length of Arcs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

13. Circumferences and Areas of Circles . . . . . . . . . . . .

14. Appurtenances . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

GEOMETRICAL FORMULAS
(See examples o n t h e facing page)
SQUARE
A = Area
A = a2
d = 1.414 a
Z
A = d2
a = 0,7071 d o r a

El3
R
3
&l w

RECTANGLE
A = Area
A = axb
d =q
m
A
a =&FiF o r a = b

=4=2

or b =

w-4

PARALLELOGRAM
A = Area
A = axb
a = -A
b
b = -A
a
RIGHT-ANGLED TRIANGLE
A = Area

a =

fA

=6

A = -a x b
2

= d m

=qmT3

ACUTE ANGLED TRIANGLE

A = Area
xh
A = C
2

A = ds(s-a)x(s-b)x(s-C)
s = ?h(a+b+c)
OBTUSE ANGLED TRIANGLE
A = Area
b x h
A = 2

GEOMETRICAL FORMULAS
(See examples o n the facing page)

qj+
a

RIGHT TRIANGLE WlTH 2 450 ANGLES

= Area
a2

'
7

= 1.414a
= 0.7071a
= 1.414 h

b
h
a

EQUILATERAL T R l ANGLE
A = Area

h = 0.866 a

a = 1.155 h

TRAPEZOID

rT\
1

A = Area

A =

(a+b)h
2

REGULARHEXAGON
A = Area
R = Radius of circumscribed circle
r = Radius of inscribed circle
A = 2.598 a2 = 2.598 R2 = 3.464 rz
R = a = 1.155 r
r = 0.866 a = 0.866 R
a = R = 1,155 r
REGULAR OCTAGON

@$

A
R
r
A
R
r
a

= Area

Radius of circumscribed circle

Radius of inscribed circle
4.828 a2 = 2.828 R2 = 3.314 rz
1.307 a = 1.082 r
1.207 a = 0.924 R
= 0.765 R = 0.828 r
=
=
=
=
=

REGULAR POLYGON
A = Area
= 360

A="'a
2

n = Number of sides
B = 1800 - a

GEOMETRICAL FORMULAS
(See examples o n the facing page)
CIRCLE
A = Area

C = Circumference

A = rz x n = rZ x 3.1416 = d2 x 0.7854
C = d x n = d x 3.1416
Length of arc for angle a = 0.008727 d x a

9
Q

CIRCULAR SECTOR
A = Area
a = Arc
A = rz

Angle

a
71

X-

360
r x a x 3.1416
a =
180
57.296
a
a =
r

= - 2A
a

CIRCULAR SEGMENT

a = Angle

A = Area

Cord

A = Area of sector minus area of triangle

c = 2rxsin

ELLIPSE

03

A = Area
A = n

P = Perimeter

x a x b = 3.1416xaxb

P
An =approximate
3 . 1 4 1 6 4 2 formula
( az + bzfor perimeter

ELLIPSE
Locating points on ellipse

C = Ratio of minor axis to major axis

x =1/a2-(2cxY2)
, y =

=
I
,

1 I

-__
...

A = r2 x ;
I =
62 x 3,1416 = \ \ > . ~ u
...
A = d2 x 0.7854 = 1 2 x~0 . 7 8 5 4 = 1 1 3 . 1 0 sq. in.

Find area

Circumference C = d x 77 = 1 2 x 3.1416 = 37.6991 in.

The length of arc f o r angle
if a = 60
Arc = 0.008727 d x a = 0.008727 x I Z x 60 = 6.283 in.

CIRCULAR SECTOR
=

Given:

Radius

Find:

Area A

= 12

Arc a

Angle a

I
I

6 in.,

a
-

= 60

Angle

= 6 2 x TI x
a = 18.85 sq. in
360
360
r x CY x 3 . 1 4 1 6 = 6 x 6 0 x 3.1416 = 6.283 in.
180
180

I1

57,296 x a = 57.296 x 6.283 = 6 0 0

r
6

CIRCULAR SEGMENT
Given:

Radius

Find:
Area A
Area of sector
=

Chord

c=

12 x TT x

2r x sin

Angle a =

6 in.,

LY
= 2 x

a
-3 -6 -0

90

= 62 x 3.1416 x-

6 x sin

90
36
.
.0
.

28.274 s q . in.

Minus area of triangle

18.000 sq. in.

Area of segment A =

10.274 sq. in.

= 2 x 6 x 00.071 = 8.485 in.

ELLIPSE
Given:
Find:

Half axis, a = 8 in. and b

3 in.

AreaA= TTxaxb=3.1416~8x3-75.398in.
Perimeter P = 1.1416

4-1

= 3 . 1 4 1 6 j M ) =

3 . 1 4 1 6 G = 37.96in.

ELLIPSE
Given:

Axis a = 8 in. and b = 4 in., then C =

Find:

,,= -

-X

-=
2

6-

a
8
= -=
h
4
.

2,

x = 6 in.

5.2915

.,,,

,, i,,

EXAMPLE
(See Formulas on the Facing Page)
CUBE
Given:
Find:

Side
a = 8 in.
Volume V = a3 = g3 = 512 cu.-in.
Side

a =

= 8 in.

SQUARE PRISM
Given: Side
a = 8 in., b = 6 in., and c = 4 in.
Find:
Volume V = a x b x c = 8 x 6 x 4 = 192 cu.-in.
a

=L=--!-%= g i n . ; b =---v bxc

c =- V
axb

6x4

axc

192
8x4

= 6in.

=192 = ' , i n .
2x6

PRISM
Given: End surface A = 12 sq.-in., and h = 8 in.
Find:
Volume V = h x A = 8 x 12 = 96 cu.-in.

CYLINDER
Given:
r = 6in.,and h = 12in.
Find:
V o l u m e V = 3 . 1 4 1 6 x r 2 x h = 3 . 1 4 1 6 ~ 6 ~ ~= 1 1357.2cu.-in.
2
Area o f Cylindrical Surface: S = 3.1416 x d x h =
= 3.1416 x 12 x 12 = 452.389 sq.-in.

CONE
Given:
Find:

r = 6 in., and h = 12 in.

Volume V = 1.0472 X r 2 x h = 1 . 0 4 7 2 ~ 6 2 x h= 452.4 cu.-in.

=m

c =
=d= 13.4 16 in.
Area o f Conical Surface: S = 3.1416 r x c =
= 3.1416 x 6 x 13.416 = 252.887 sq.-in.

FRUSTUM O F CONE
Given: Diameter D = 24 in., and d = I ? in., h = 10.375 in.
Find:
Volume
V = 0.2618h(D2+~d+dZ)=
0.2618 x 10.375 (24' + 24 x 12 + 12') = 2737.9 cu.-in.
Surface
S = 1.5708c(D+d)= 1.5708~12(24+12)=
678.586 sq.-in.

SOLUTION OF RIGHT TRIANGLES

REQUIRED
KNOWN SIDE OR ANGLE
(ENCIRCLED)

Aa

a, b
b

FORMULAS

Side a = 6 in. b = 12.867 in.

6
Find Angle A =
= 0.4663
12.867
tan 0.4663 = 2S0

ab

Find Angle B

a
tan A = b

tan B =

a, b

Side a = 6 in. b = 12.867 in.

12.867
= 2.1445

=y

tan 2.1445 = 6S0

a, b

EXAMPLES

4
-

Side a = 3 in. b = 4 in.

Find side c

=q=-

=49+16
= 5 in.

= 12 in.
6
Find Angle A = 1 2 = 0.500

Side a = 6 in. c
a,c

a, c

sin A =

/la

sin 0.500 = 30"

cos B =

Side a = 6 in. c = 12 in.

6
Find Angle B = 1 2 = 0.500

cos 0.500 = 600

a, c

= d n

Side a = 3 in. c = 5 in.

Find side b

= d m
=

A, a

A,.
A

Ha

= a

c =-

A*c
A

A, c

sin A

tan A

b
cos A

/lo

a =

,in A

b = c x cos A
A

Angle A = 250, side a = 6 in.

Find side b = 6 x cot 250
= 6 x 2.1445 = 12.867 in.

Find side c =

12 in.
6=6=
sln 30 0.500

Angle A = 2S0, side b = 12.867 in.

Find side a = 12.867 x tan 250
= i2.867 x 0.4663 = 6 in.

A,b
A

4 in.

Angle A = 30, side a = 6 in.

c '=

a =
A

cot A

fl =

Angle A = 30, side b = 12 in.

b
12
=
Find side c =cos 30
0.866
= 13.856 in.

Angle A = 30, side c = 12 in.

Find side a = 12 x sin 300
= 12 x 0.500 = 6 in.
Angle A = 30, side c = 12 in.
Find side b = 12 x cos 30
12 x 0.866 = 10.392 in.

NOTES

VESSEI, SIZE*

.
PIECE

El

ONE

sEccoRs

0,866D

SECTORS
3

0,707D

4
SECTORS
0,500D

Eiil

6
SECTORS

0,383D

8
SECTORS

THE REQUIRED WIDTH

OF PLATE FOR RINGS
MADE OF SECTORS

Frustum of ECCENTRIC CONE

Determination of the Required Plate by Layout and by Calculation
Half of the plate

1. Draw the side view a n d half of the

around this line

b o t t o m view of the cone.

2. Divide i n t o equal parts t h e base

and the t o p circle.

3. Draw arcs from points 2'. 3', 4',
etc. with the center 1'.
4. From the points lo, zO, 3', etc.
strike arcs with center 0.
5. Starting from a point o n arc 1'
(marked 1 ) measure the spacing
of the b o t t o m circle of the cone
and intersect arc 2'. From this
point marked 2 measure again
one space intersecting arc 3' etc.
The points or intersections are
points o n the curvature of the
plate a t the b o t t o m of the cone.
6. T o determine the curvature of
the plate a t the t o p of the cone,
repeat steps 4 and 5, b u t measure
o n the arcs drawn with center 0
the spaces of the t o p circle.
Half of the
b o t t o m view

Fig. A

CALCULATION
T o find the curvature of the plate by calculation,
the dimensions 1' 2 ' , 1' - 3' etc. and 0 -11, 0-21
etc. shall be determined.

Fig. B shows as a n example the calculation of 0 - 4 '

only (marked S3)
If the b o t t o m circle divided into 12 equal spaces,
C3 = 2 R x sin 4 s 0

s3

=q-

Where R denoted the mean radius of the base

circle.
See example.
Fig. B

INTERSECTION OF CYLINDERS
of equal diameters with angle of intersection 90

THE LINE OF INTERSECTION

Divide the circumference of the cylinders
into equal parts and draw an element at
each division point. The intersecting
points of the elements determine the line
of intersection.
DEVELOPMENT OF PATTERNS

as the circumference of the cylinders.

Draw an element through each division
perpendicular to these lines. Determine
the length of each element by projection
or calculation. (See example below). By
connecting the end point of the elements
the stretched out curve of the intersection
can be developed.
EXAMPLE

for calculation of length of elements

If the circumference of cylinders is divided
into 16 equal parts a = 22-1 /2O
C1 = r sin a
C2 = r sin 2 a
~3 = r cos a
C4 = r

INTERSECTION OF CONE AND CYLINDER

THE LINE O F INTERSECTION
Divide the circumference of t h e
cylinder o n both views into as
many equal parts as necessary for
the desired accuracy.
Draw an
element a t each division point.
Draw circles on plan view with
radius r , , r 2 . e t c . The line of intersection o n the plan is determined
by the points of intersections of
elements and the corresponding
circles. Project these points t o t h e
elevation. T h e intersecting points
of tile projectors and elements will
determine t h e line of intersection
on the elevation. The stretched
out curvature of the hole in t h e
cone is t o be determined by t h e
length o f arcs a * , a 3 . e t c . transferred f r o m the plan view o r calculatetl
as exemplified below. T h e spacing
of arcs a * , a 3 , etc. may be obtained
as shown o r may be calculated.
(See example below).
DEVELOPMENTOFPATTERN
Draw a straight line of length equal
t o t h e circumference of the cylinder and divide it i n t o t h e same
number of equal parts as t h e circumference. Draw an elenlent
through each division point perpentiicular t o t h e line. Determine
the length of the elements by projection o r by calculating t h e length
of I , 1 * , etc.(See example below).

EXAMPLE
for calculation of length of elements
c6 = r sin a
radius, R 6 = h 6 tan 0
arc a 6 = ? R 6 n

x -&j
etc.

DIVISION OF CIRCLES INTO EQUAL PARTS

The best method for division of a circle into equal
parts is t o find the length of the chord of a part and
measure this length with the divider on the circumference. The length of the chord, C = diameter of
circle x c, where c is a factor tabulated below.

01
c

EXAMPLE:

It is required t v divide 3 20 inch diameter circle into 8 equal spaces.

c for 8 spaces from the table: 0.38268
C = Diameter x 0.38268 = 20 x 0.38268 = 7.6536 inches
To find the length of churds for any desired number of spaces not shown in the
table :
180
C = Diameter x sin number of spaces
E,XAMPLE:

It is required to divide
C = 100 x sin

1 0 0 inch diameter circle into 120 equal parts

--I go

120

100 x sin l o 30' = 100 x 0.0262 = 2.62 inches

Spaces

C'

No. o f
Spaces

c'

1
2
3
4

0.00000
1.00000
0.86603
0.70711

26
27
28
29

0.12054
0.11609
0.11196
0.10812

5
6
7
8

0.58779
0.50000
0.43388
0.38268

30
31
32
33

9
10
11
12

0.34202
0.30902
0.28173
0.25882

13
14
15
16

No. of

N o . <,f
Spaces

N o . of
Spaces

0.10453
0.10117
0.09802
0.09506

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58

0.06153
0.06038
0.06924
0.05814
0.05709
0.05607
0.05509
0.05414

76
77
78
79
80
81
83

0,04132
0.04079
0,04027
0,03976
0.03926
0.03878
0.03830
0.03784

31
35
36
37

0.09227
0.08964
0 08716
0 08481

59
60
61
62

G.05322
0.05234
0.05148
0.05065

84
85
86
57

0.03739
0,03695
0.03652
0.03610

0.23932
0.22252
0.20791
0.19509

38
39
40
41

0.05258
0.99047
0.07846
0.37655

63
64
65
66

0.94985
0.04907
0.04831
0.04758

88
89
90
91

0,03569
0.03529
0.03490
0.03452

17
18
19
20

0.18375
0.17365
0.16460
0.15643

42
43
44
45

0.07473
0.07300
0.07134
0.06976

67
68
69
70

0.04687
0.04618
0.04551
0.04487

92
93
94
95

0.03414
0.03377
0.03341
0.03306

21
22
23
24
25

0,14904
0.14232
0.13617
0.13053
0.12533

46
47
48
40
50

0.06824
0.06679
0.06540
0.06407
0.06279

71
73
73
74
75

0.04423
0.04362
0.04302
0.04244
0.04188

96
97
98
99
100

0.03272
0,03238
0.03205
0.03173
0.03141

88

DROP AT THE INTERSECTION

OF SHELL AND NOZZLE
(Dimension d, Inches)
Shell
I. S.
Diam.

NOMINAL PIPE SIZE

10

12

14

16

18

20

22

24

26

30

12

3.0625

14

2.5000

4.1250

7.000

16

2.0625

3.1875

4.1250

8.000

18

1.7500 2.6250

3.3750

4.8750

9.0000

20

1.5625

2.3125

2.8750

4.0000

5.6250 10.0000

22

1.3750 2.0625

2 5000

3.4375

4.6875

6.4375

24

1.2500

1.8125

2.2500

3.0625

4.0625

5.3750

7.1875 12.0000

26

1.1875

1.6875

2.0625

2.7500

3.6250

4.6875

6.0625

8.0000 13.0000

28

1.0625

1.5000

1.8750

2.5000

3.2500

4.1875

5.3125

6.8125

8.9125

30

1.0000

1.4375

1.7500

2.3125

3.0000

3.8125

4.8125

6.0000

7.5000

15.0000

32

0.9375

1.3125

1.6250

2.1250

2.7500

3.5000

4.3750

5.4375

6.6875

10.4375

11.0000

34

0.8750

1.2500

1.5000

2.0000

2.5625

3.2500

4.0625

4.8125

6.0625

9.0000

36

0.8125

0.8125

1.4375

1 . 8 7 5 0 2.4375

3.0625

3.7500 4.5625

5.5625

8.1250

38

0.7500

1.1250

1.3125

1.7500

2.2500

2.8750

3.5000 4.2500

5.1250

7.3125

40

0.7500

1.0625

1.2500

1.6875

2.1250

2.6875

3.3125

4.0000

4.8125

6.7500

42

0.6875

1.0000

1.1250

1.5675

2.0000

2.5625

3.1250 3.7500

4.5000

6.3125

TABLE FOR LOCATING POINTS

ON 2: 1 ELLIPOIDAL HEADS (Cont.)
D=120
55
8
29.7321 56
9
29.6606 57
10 29.5804 58
11
29.4915
59
12 29.3939
60
13 29.2874 .
14 29.1719
15 29.0474
16 28.9137
1
17 28.7706
2
18
28.6182
3
19 28.4561
4
20
28.2843
5
21
28.1025
6
22
27.9106
7
23
27.7083
8
24
27.4955
9
25
27.2718
10
26
27.037
11
27
26.7909
12
28
26.533
13
29
26.2631
14
30
25.9808
15
31
25.6856
16
32
25.3772
17
33
25.0549
18
34
24.7184
19
35
24.367
20
36
24
21
23.6167 22
37
38
23.2164 23
39
22.798
24
40 22.3607 25
41 21.9032 26
42
21.4243 27
43
20.9225 28
44
20.3961
29
45
19.8431 30
46 1 9 . 2 6 1 4 31
47
18.6481 32
48
18
33
49
17.3133 34
50
16.5831 35
51
15.8035 36
52
14.9666 37
53
14.0624 38
, 54
13.0767 . 3 9

10.9896
10.7703
9.3675
7.681 1
5.4543
0

D = 132
Y
32.9962
32.9848
32.9659
32.9393
32.9052
32.8634
32.8139
32.7567
32.6317
32.619
32.5384
32.45
32.3535
32.249
32.1364
32.0156
31.8865
31.749
31.603
31.4484
31.285
31.1127
30.9314
30.7409
30.541
30.3315
30.1 123
29.8831
29.6437
29.3939
29.1333
28.8617
28.5788
28.2843
27.9777
27.6586
27.3267
26.9815
26.6224

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

26.2488
25.8602
25.4558
25.035
24.5967
24.1402
23.6643
23.1679
22.6495
22.1077
21.5407
20.9464
20.3224
19.666
18.9737
18.2414
17.4642
16.6358
15.748
14.7902
13.7477
12.5996
11.3137
9.8361
8.0622
5.7227
0
D = 144

Y
35.9965
35.9861
35.9687
35.9444
35.9131
35.8748
35.8295
35.7771
35.7176
35.6511
35'5774
35.4965
35.4083
35.3129
352101
35.0999
34'9821
34'8569

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
g
9
10

l2
l3
l4
l5
l6
l7
l8

19 34.7239
20 34.5832
21 34.4347
22 34.2783
23 34.1 138
24 33.941 1
25 33.7602
26 33.5708
27 33.3729
28 33.1662
29 32.9507
30 32.7261
31 32.4923
32 32.249
33 31.9961
34 31.7333
35 31.4603
36 31.1769
37 30.8828
38 30.5778
39 30.2614
40 29.9333
41 29.5931
42 29.2404
43 28.8747
44 28.4956
45 28.1025
46 27.6948
47 27.2718
48 26.8328
49 26.3771
50 25.9037
51 25.41 16
52 24.8998
53 24.367
54 23.8118
55 23.2325
56 22.6274
57 21.9943
58 21.3307
59 20.6337
60 19.8997
61 19.1246
62 18.303
63 17.4284
64 16.4924
65 15.4839
66 14.3875

67
68
69
70
71
72

13.1814
11.8322
10.2835
8.4261
5.9791
0

NOTE:
The curvature
a,, ellipsoidal
head either
inside or ourside
is a true
ellipse.
he

curve of the
.pposite side
is not ellipse
and the
data of
this table
are not
applicable
to locate
points on
that geometricallyundetermined
curve.
lespecially

in the case
of heavy

walled heads)

LENGTH OF ARCS
DEGREES
Diam.

E
2
0

0.00873

0.01148

0.0625

0.1250

0.1875

0.21 88

0.2813

0.3438

1%

0.01658

0.0938

0.1563

0.2500

0.3438

0.4063

0.5000

0.02073

0.0938

0.2188

0.3125

0.4063

0.5313

0.6250

0.02509

0.1250

0.2500

0.3750

0.5000

0.6250

0.7500

0.03054

0.1563

0.3125

0.4688

0.6250

0.7500

0.9063

3%

0.03491

0.1875

0.3438

0.5313

0.6875

0.8750

1.0625

0.03927

0.1875

0.4063

0.5938

0.7813

0.9688

1.1875

0.2500
0.2813

0.5000
0.5938

0.71 88
0.8750

0.9688

1.2188

1.4688

0.04855
0.05781

1.1563

1.4375

1.7500

0.07527

0.3750

0.7500

1.1250

1.5000

1.8750

2.2500

0.04363

0.08727

0.13090

0.17453

0.21817

0.26180

10

0.09381

0.4688

0.9375

1.4063

1.8750

2.3488

2.8125

12

0.11126

0.5625

1.1250

1.6563

2.2188

2.7813

3.3438

12

0.10472

0.5313

1.0625

1.5625

2.0938

2.6250

3.1563

14

0.12217

0.6250

1.2188

1.8438

2.4375

3.0625

3.6563

16

0.13963

0.6875

1.4063

2.0938

2.7813

3.5000

4.1875

18

0.15708

0.7813

1.5625

2.3438

3.1563

3.9375

4.7188

20

0.17453

0.8750

1.7500

2.6250

3.5000

4.3750

5.2500

22

0.19199

0.9688

1.9063

2.8750

3.8438

4.8125

5.7500

24

0.20944

1.0625

2.0938

3.1563

4.1 875

5.2500

6.281 3

26

0.22689

1.1250

2.2813

3.4063

4.5313

5.6875

6.8125

28

0.24435

1.2188

2.4375

3.6563

4.8750

6.0938

7.3488

30

0.26180

1.3125

2.6250

3.9375

5.2500

6.5313

7.8438

32

0.27925

1.6172

2.7813

4.1875

5.5938

6.9688

8.3750

34

0.29671

1.6224

2.9688

4.4375

5.9375

7.4063

8.9063

36

0.31416

1.5625

3.1563

4.7 188

6.2813

7.8438

9.4375

38

0.33161

1.6563

3.3125

4.9688

6.6250

8.2813

9.9375

40

0.34907

1.7500

3.5000

5.2500

6.9688

8.71 88

10.4688

42

0.36652

1.8438

3.6563

5.5000

7.3438

9.1563

1 1.0000

$-

48

0.41888

2.0938

4.1875

6.2813

8.3750

10.4688

12.5625

0.47124

2.3438

4.7188

7.0625

9.4375

11.781 3

14.1250

0.57360
0.57596

2.6250
2.8750

5.2500
5.7500

7.8438
8.6250

10.4688
11.5313

13.0938
14.4063

15.7188
17.2813

5
k

PC

$
2
5

54
60
66
72

0.62832

3.1250

6.2813

9.4375

12.5625

15.7188

18.8438

78
84

0.68068
0.73304

3.4063
3.6563

6.8125
7.3438

10.2188
11.0000

13.6250
14.6563

17.0313
18.3125

20.4063
22.0000

90

0.78540

3.9375

7.8438

11.7813

15.7188

19.6250

23.5625

96

0.83776

4.1875

8.3750

12.5625

16.7500

20.9375

25.1250

102

0.89012

4.4375

8.9063

13.3438

17.8125

22.2500

26.7188

108

0.94248

4.71 88

9.4375

14.1250

18.8438

23.5625

28.9063

114

0.99484

4.9688

9.9375

14.9375

19.9063

24.8750

29.8438

120

1.04720

5.2500

10.4688

15.7188

20.9375

26.1875

31.5313

126

1.09956

5.5000

11.0000

16.5000

22.0000

27.5000

33.0000

132

1.15192

5.7500

11.5313

17.2813

23.0313

28.8125

34.5625

138

1.20428

6.0313

12.0313

18.0625

24.0938

30.0938

36.1250

144

1.25664

6.2813

12.5625

18.8438

25.1250

31.4063

37.6875

L E N G T H OF A R C S
DEGREES

C!

0.3054.1

0.4Uo3

0.4688

I'll

0.5938

0.7188

252

0.8750

'rj-1
2

1.dh2s

- -

0.78540

1.57080

2.3561L1

0.531 .3

1.0313

2.0625

3.093h

0.6563

0.7500

1.5000

3.0000

4.4688

5.9688

0.8438

0.9375

1.8750

3.7 188

5.59 38

7.4688

2.2500

4.5313
5.5000
6.28 13
7.0625

6.7813
8.2500
9.4375
10.5938

--

50
-. 1.12
-

1.2188
1.4003
1.5625

3',:
4
5

1.6875

1.9375

2.0313

2.3125

0.39270

1 .OOOO

1.2188
1.3750

0.34907

1.3750
1.5625
1.7813

2.7500
3.1563
3.5313

2.1875

4.3750

8.7500

2.5938

5.2168

10.4063

'

13.0938
15.6250

.%.I41
59
4.1250

9.0313
1 1.0000

12.5625
14.1250
17.4688
.
20.8125

-.

2.6250

3.0938

3.3750

6.7813

13.5625

20.3125

27.0938

10

3.2813

3.7500

4.2188

8.4375

16.8750

25.3438

33.781 3

I2

3.9063

12

3.6563

14

4.2813

16
I8

4.8750
5.5000

20

6.0938

22

6.7188

--26

7.9375

28

8.5625

Dia.

Circum.

Area

Dia.
-.

?4'4

%?
a?;,

.1'I6
s32

%
552
x6

%?

,04909
.09818
.I4726
,19635
.29452
.39270
,49087
,58905
.68722

.W19
,00077
.00173
.00307
.OM90
,01227
,01917
,02761
.03758

,78540
,88357
,98175
1.0799
1.1781
1,2763
1.3744
1.4726

.04909
,06213
,07670
,09281
,11045
,12962
,15033
,17257

2.

51k
?'6
%
5/is
-,

>16

916

%
%,
5/;b

Fi
I>&

?k
'56
%
l?g
I?;,
2'b&

'$i2

1.5708
1.6690
1.7671
1.8653
1.9635
2.0617
2.1598
22.580

7/8
3.

.I9635
,22166
,24850
,27688
,30680
,33824
.37122
,40574

!k
?6

,44179
.47937
,51849
,55914
,60132
.64504
,69029
,73708

,
(

.7854
,8866
,9940
1.1075
1.2272
1.3530
1.4849
1.6230
1.7671
1.9175
2.0739
2.2365
2.4053
2.5802
2.7612
2.9483

6.2832
6.4795
6.6759
6.8722
7.0686
7.2649
74613
7.6576
7.8540
8.0503
8.2467
8.4430
8 6394
8.8357
9.0321
9.2284

;;
:16

42
6

%
6

%
6

4'

!;6

?6
31g
?4

5/(6

%
%6

%6

%
%

1%'
7/8

46

Arca

Circum.

3.1416
3.3410
3.5466
3,7583
3.9761
4.2000
4.4301
4.6664

4.*87
5.1572
5.4119
5.6727
5.9396
6.2126
6.4918
6.7771

16.297
16.493
16.690
16.886
17.082
17.279
17.475
17.671
17.868
18.064
18.261
18.457
18.653

21.135
21.648
22.166
22.691
23.221
23.758
24.301
24.850
25.406
25.967
26.535
27.109
27.688

18.850
19.242
19.635
20.028
20,420
20,813
21,206
21.598

28.274
29.465
30.680
31.919
33.18)
34,472
35,785
37,122

7.0686
7.3662

9.8175

7.6699
7.97g8
8.2958
8.6179
8.9462
9.2806
9.6211
9.9678
10.321
10.680
11.045
11.416
11.793
12.177

10.407
l0.603
10.799
10.996
11.1g2
11.388
11.585
11.781
11.977
12.174
12.370

Dia.

---

9'4248
9.6211

%6

%
2.3562
23h
2,4544
2.5525
??h 2.6507
76
2.7489
2Qh 2.8471
2.9452
i 2 3.0434
--1.
3.1416
6
3.3379
%
3.5343
?'(6
33.306
%
3.9270
4.1233
$8
4.3197
4.5160
%
4.7124
$(,
4.9087
%
5.1051
,'!k
5.3014
94/
5.4978
5.6941
5.8905
6.0868

Circum.

12.566
12.763
12.959
13.155
13.352
13.548
13.744
13.941
14.137
14.334
14.530
14.726
14.923
15,119
15.315
15.512

12.566
12.962
13.364
13.772
14.186
14.607
15.033
15.466
15.904
16.349
16.800
17.257
17.728
18.190
18.665
19.147

15.708
15.904
16.101

19.635
20.129
20.629

?4/

>k
$6
Jk
?<

%G
%

%
' 5
6.

7.

%
%
3

%
?/g
.-

%
%

36
%

76
M

9.

3.6

%
%
%
10.

21.991
/823)8
22.776
23,169
23.562
23.955
24.347
24.740

Arra

1384.85;
39,871
41.282
42,718
44.179
45.664
47.173
48.707

25.133

50.265

25.525
25.918
26.311
26.704
27.096
27.489
27.882

51.849
53.456
55.088
56.745
58.426
60.132
61.862

28.274
28.667
29,060
29.452
29.845
30'238
30.631
31.023

63.617
65.397
67,201
69.029
70.882
72.760
74.662
76.589

31.416
31.809
32.201

78.540
80.516
82.516

Dia
,-

46.

Circum

146.084
146.477
146.869
147.262

3
%
",
4s

47.

Circum.

1661.9
1670.9
1680.0

52.

% 164.148
3i 164.541
% 164.934

1698.2
1707.4
1716.5
1725.7

5.6

%
38

-,

5;
%
78

k
3s

150.796
151.189
151.582
151.975

1809.6
1819.0
18285
1837.9

152.367
152.760
153.153
153.545

1847.5
1857.0
1866.5
1876.1

153,938
154.331
154.723
155.116
155.509
155.902
156.294
156.687
157.080
157.472
157.865
158.258
158.650
159.043
159.436
159.829

172.788
2375.8
61.
173.180
2386.6
%
J
173.573
2397.5
39
173.%6
2408.3
3,i
2419.2
4 174.358
4
3; 174.751 2430.1
%
175.144
2441.1
1
6
175.536
2452.0
Pi
- 175.929
2463.0
62.
1963.5
564
? 6 176.322 2474.0
1973.3
%
2485.0
176.715
1983.2
,3d 177.107 2496.1
1993.1
3.i
% 177.500 2507.2
2003.0
2518 3
36
2012.9
:g
177.893
2529 4
% 178.285
2022.8
%
2032.8 - , - - 16 178.678 2540.6

160.221
160.614
161.007
161.399
161.792

2042.8
2052.8
2062.9
2073.0
2083.1

162.9,O

2113.5

9.5
3
%

!I1
%
-,
h
49.

%
%

8
%

$9
W

-54.

9
94
?
%
.
-

1885.7
1895.4
1SO5.0
1914.7
1924.4
1934.2
1943.9
1953.7

38

169.646
170.039
170.431
170.824
171.217
171.609
172.002
172.395

183.390
183.783
184.176
184.569
184.961

--

78

38

166.504
166.897
167.293
167.683
168.075
168.468
168.861
169.253

?d

'4

1734.9
1744.2
1753.5
1762.7
1772.1
1781.4
1793.8
1800.1

53.

,
'

165.326
165.719
166.112 ,

2144.2
2154.5
2164.8
2175.1
2185.4
2195.8

147.655
148.048
148.440
148.833
149.226
149.618
5O.Oll
150.404

?'i

2206.2
2216.6
2227.0
2237.5
2248.0
2258.5
2269.1
2279.6

59.
?'y'

2290.2
2300.8
2311.5
2322.1
2332.8
2343.5
2354.3
2365.0

60.

56
%

46
7

-%

1;

--

55.

2676.4
2687.8
2699.3
2710.9
2722.4

185.354
185.747
186.139
186.532
186.925
187.317
187.710
188.103

2734.0
2745.6
2757.2
2768.8
2780.5
2792.2
2803.9
2815.7

188.496
188.888
189.281
189.674
1W.066
190.459
190.852
191.244

2827.4
2839.2
2851.0
2862.9
2874.8
2886.6
2898.6
2910.5

191.637
192.030
192.423
192.815
193.208
193.601
193.993
194.386

2922.5
2934.5
2946.5
2958.5
2970.6
2982.7
2994.8
3006.9

194.779
195.171
195.564
195.957
196.350
196.742
197.135
197.528

3019.1
3031.3
3043.5
3055.7
3068.0
3080.3
3092.6
U04.9

199.098
199.491
199.884
200.277
200.669

3154.5
3166.9

-----

SO.

%
Bg

?.S
%

>G
51.

t6
?a

Oil.
.
-

144.513
144.906

'4

Arcs

179.071
179.463
179.856
;e
180.249
180.642
181.034
! 181.427
a, 1 181.820

57.

>6

11

2551.8
2563.0
2574.2
2585.4
2596.7
2608.0
2619.4
2630.7

63.

11

,?/B

;:;::;

3204.4

iIi.1
100.

314.16
314.55
314.95
315.34
315.73
316.12
316.52
316.91

3g
j.;

N
7
101.

317.30
317.69
318.09
318.48
318.87
319.27
319.66
320.05

?q
3y

5
Q
i
",
:.B

:'<

7854
7873
7893
7913
7933
7952
7972
7992

Cirtum

106.

1.:
!i!

1,
>2

%
%

74

/g

333.01
333 40
333.80
334.19
334.58
334 97
335.37
335.76

8012
8032
8052
8071
8091
8111
8131
8151

107.

8171

108.

!H

M
38

>s

8231
8252
8272
8292
8312

$4
7

323.59
323.98
324.37
324.76
325.16
325.55
325.94
326.33

?6
%
38

M
%
%

8332
8352
8372
8393
8413
8434
8454
3474

109

Y
Bs
?2

2;

44

70
- 74
104.

46
%
34

%
%

%
105.

fi
\

!i
?b

1.
%

'

326.73
327.12
327.51
327.91
318.30
328.69
329.08
329.48

8495
8515
8536
8556
8577
8597
8618
8638

329.87
330.26
330 65
331.05
331.44
331.83
332.22
33262

8659
8679
8700
8721
8741
8762
8783
8804

Dia.

8825
8845
8866
8887
8908
8929
8950
8971

112.

336.15
336.54
336.94
337.33
337.71
338.12
338.51
338.90

8992
9014
9035
9056
9077
9098
9119
9140

113.

339.29
339 69
340.08
340.47
340.86
341.26
341.65
342.04

9161
9183
9204
9225
9246
9268
9289
9310

--

103.

Arca

--

41.43
342.83
343.22
343.61
344.01
314.40
344.79
345.18

Circum.

/j

353.43
353.82

'

::::::

?4

3 8
%

--

IF
9353
9374
9396
9417
9439
9460
9481

Area
9852
9874
9897
9919
9941
9963

-I

W
N

351.86
352.25

--

-i

?
%
321.62
322.01
322.41
322.80
323.19

114.

46
%

%
115.

W
$

% ,

% 1

355.00
355.39
355.79
356.18
356.57
356.96
357.36
357.75

10029
10052
10074
10097
10119
10141
10163
10185

358.1410107
'
10230
358.54
I0252
358.93
359.32
10275
359.71
10297
360.11
10320
360.50
10342
360.89
10365
361.28
361.68
362.07
362.46
362.86
363.25
363.64
361.03

10387
10410
10432
10455
10477
loso0
10522
10545

10705

111.

349.11
349.50

350.68

9698
9720

CIRCUMFERENCES A N D AREAS OF CIRCLES

Dia.
154.

?
%
3g

%
%

Circurn.

Arca

Dia.

483.81
484.20
484.59
484.99
485.38
485.77
486.16
486.56

i8627
18658
18688
18719
18749
18779
18809
18839

160.

486.95
487.34
457.73
488.13
488.52
488.91
489.30
489.70

18869
18903
18930
18961
18991
19022
19052
19083

161.

?i

96
%
>6
%

502.66
503.05
503.44
503.83
504.23
504.62
505.01
505.41

20106
20138
20169
20201
20232
20264
20295
20327

166.

505.80
506.19
506.58
506.98
507.37
507.76
508.15
508.55

167.

20358
203W
20421
20453
20484
20516
20548
20580

508.94
SO933
509.73 1
510.12 (
510.51 I
510.90 )
511.30
511.69

20612
20604
20675
20707
20739
20771
20803
20811

168.

(continued)

Circum.

Area

521.51
521.90
522.29
522.68
523.08
523.47
523.86
524.26

21642
21675
21707
21740
21772
21805
21838
21871

524.65
525.04
525.43
525.83
526.22
526.61
527.00
527.40

21904
21937
21969
22002
22035
22068
22101
22134

527.79
528.18
%
528.57
)'B
W 1 528.97
?/2 529.36
529.75
$4 530.15
% 530.54

22167
22200
22233
22266
22299
22332
22366
22399

%
%
14

--

155.

4
3g
%

94

?A

156.

?/i
34
1i

490.09
490.48
49088
491.27
491.66
492.05
492.45
492.84

M
!/s

157.

493.23
493.62
494.02
494.41
494.80
495.20
495.59

35
?/,

!)

19113
19144
19174
19205
19235
19266
19297
19328

'

%
%
7/g

--

162.

%
3;

?/,

p-!__-I--

19359
19390
19421
19452
19483
19514
19545

163.

54
3,
53

?i
!/P

512.08
512.47
512.87
513.26
513.65
514.04
514.44
514.83

--

158.

M
36

)B

159.
)'B

L-1

J4

496.37
496.77
497.16
497.55
497.94
498.34
498.73
499.12

19607
19638
19669
19701
19732
19763
19794
19825

499.51
499.91
500.30
500.69
/21.09
501.48
501.87
502.26

19856
19887
19919
19950
19982

164.

?<
%

5s

?g
--

izi 1 1
20075

Ij

165.

56

%
38

I,q/
8

35
%
%
%

--I

'

$6

515.22
515.62
516.01
516.40
516.79
517.19
517.58
517.97
518.36
518.76
519.13
519.54
519.94
520.33
520.7.2
521.11

'

/
'

20867
169.
20899
>$
20931
20964
20996
%
/ 21028
?/i
21060
34
21092
%
--

530.93
531.32
531.72
532.11
532.50
532.89
533.29
533.68

22432
22465
22499
22532
22566
22599
22632
22665

21124
21157
21189
21222
21254
21287

534.07
534.47
534.86
535.25
535.64
536.04
536.43
536.82

22698
22731
22765
22798
22832
22865
22899
22932

537.21
537.61
538.00
538.39
538.78
539.18
539.57
539.96

22966
22999
23033
23066
23100
23133
23167
23201

'

170.

?C
W
%
%

21319
21351
21383
21416
21448
21481
21513
21546
21578
21610

4
171.

pi

11

%
%
%

Dia.

Circum.

.4rea

Dia.

Circum.

Area

559.21
559.60
559.99
560.38
560.78
561.17
561.56
561.95

24885
24920
24955
24990
25025
25060
25095
25130

Dia.

Circum.

--I-

172.

ai

5/8
3h
173.

$6
M
q'i

%
%

540.36
540.75
541.14
541.53
541.93
542.32
542.71
543.10

23235
23268
23302
23336
23370
23404
23438
23472

178.

543.50
543.89
544.28
544.68
545.07
545.46
545.85
546.25

23506
23540
23575
23609
23643
23677
23711
23745

179.

--

546.64

23779

%
%
%

4i

%
%
%
%

%
?/s

180.

%
%
%
%
%

36

%
?/s

--

562.35
562.74
563.13
563.53
563.92
564.31
564.70
565.10

25165
25200
25236
25271
25307
25342
25377
25412

185.

565.49
565.88
566.27
566.67
567.06
567.45

25447
25482
25518
25553
25589
25624

186.

549.78
550.17
55057
550.96
551.35
55174
552.14
5Yl.53

%
%
%
%
%
%
%

552.92
553.31
553.71
554.10
554.49
554.89
555.28
555.67

$4

34
176.

578.05

26590

579.23
579.63
580.02
580.41
580.80

26699
26736
26772
26808
26844

--

581.20
581.59
581.98
582.37
582.77
583.16
583.55
583.95

26880
26916
26953
26989
27026
27062
27099
27135

584.34
584.73
585.12
585.52
585.91
586.30
586.59
587.09

27172
27208
27245
27281
27318
27354
27391
27428

587.48
587.87
588.27
588.66
589.05
589.44
589.84
590.23

27465
27501
27538
27574
27611
27648
27685
27722

%
%
%
%

590.62
591.01
591.41
591.80
592.19
592.58
592.98
593.37

27759
27796
27833
27870
27907
27944
27981
28018

%
%
%
%
%
%

593.76
594.16
594.55
594.94
595.33
595.73
596.12
596.51

28055
28092
28130
28167
28205
28242
28279
28316

W
>g
9,
%
?/s

%
%

?/s
I

Area

,-

175.

24053
24087
24122
24156
24191
24125
242K
24294

181.

3'6
%
%

%
?/s

56863
569.02
569.42
569.81
570.20
570.59
570.99
571.38

25730
25765
25801
25836
25872
25908
25944
25980

187.

yi

%
%

24329
24363
24398
24432
24467
24501
24536
24571

177

B/!
38

z6

39

556.06
556.46
556.85
557.24
557.63
558.03
558.42
558.81

24bM
24640
24675
24710
24745
24780
24815
24850

574.91

%
30

%
%

575.70
576.09
576.48
576.88
577.27
577.66

26302
26374
26410
26446
26482
26518
26554

189.

PROPERTIES OF PIPE
Schedule numbers and weight designations are in agreement with ANSI B36.10 for
carbon and alloy steel pipe and ANSI B36.19 for stainless steel pipe.
Schedule N u .

'

40
80

Weight

Out-

Inside
diam.
in.

Wall
thickness
in.

Weight
per
foot
Ih.

Wt'
'r.ater
p? f t '
P'PU
Ih.

Outside
surface
p c r ft.
sq. ft.

Inside
surhce
per f t .
sq. f t .

Transverse
area
sq. in.

105
40s
80s

Std.
x-Stg.

,405
,405
,405

.307
.269
,215

,049
,068
,095

,186
,244
.314

,0320
,0246
,0157

,106
,106
,106

,0804
.0705
.0563

,0740
.0568
,0364

...
40
80

10s
40s
805

...
Sld.
X-stg.

.540
,540
,540

,410
,364
,302

,065
.088
,119

.330
,424
.535

.0570
,0451
,0310

,141
,141
,141

,1073
,0955
,0794

,1320
,1041
0716

..
40
80

105
40s
80s

Std.
X-Stg.

,675
,675
,675

,545
,493
,423

,065
,091
,126

,423
.567
,738

1010
,0327
.Om9

,177
,177
,177

,1427
,1295
,1106

.2333
,1910
1405

-1
9

40

10s
405

Std

,840
,640

,670
62'2

,083
109

,671
,850

1550
1316

.220
,220

,1764
1637

,3568
3040

80
160
...

80s

x-stg.

..

XX-Stg.

,840
,840
,840

546
,466
.252

,147
,187
.294

1.087
1.310
1.714

1013
,0740
,0216

,220
,220
,220

1433
,1220
.0660

.2340
,1706
,0499

...

10s
40s
80s

1.050
1.050
1 050
1.050

,834
,824
742
,675

.083
,113
154
188

,857
1.130
1.473
1.727

.2660
,2301
1875
1514

,175
,275
175

,2314
,1168
,1948

,6138
,5330
.4330

1.050
x x - s t g . 1 050

,614
,434

,218
308

1.940
2 440

1280
0633

,275
.275
,275

,1759
.I607
1137

.3570
,2961
.I479

-3

40
80

Std.
X-S:e.

160

40
80

105
40s
80s

Std.
X-Stg.

1.31 5
1.315
1.31 5

1.097
1.049
,957

.I09
.I33
,179

1.404
1.678
2.171

,4090
,3740
,3112

,344
,344
,344

.2872
,2740
.2520

.9448
.8640
,7190

160

...

...

. ..

.
.
XX-Stg.

1.31 5
1.315
1.31 5

,877
,815
,599

,219
,250
,358

2.561
2.850
3.659

,2614
,2261
,1221

,344
.344
.344

,2290
,2134
.I570

,6040
.5217
,2818

...
40

10s
405

..
Std.

1.660
1.660

1.442
1.380

,109
,140

1.806
2.272

.7080
,6471

.434
,434

,3775
,3620

1.633
1.495

80
160

80s
...

X-Stg.

...

...

XX-Stg.

1.660
1.660
1.660

1.278
1.160
,896

,191
,950
.382

2.996
3.764
5.214

,5553
,4575
,2732

.434
.434
,434

,3356
.3029
.2331

1.283
1.057
.6305

40

105
405

Std.

1.900
1.900

1.682
1.610

,109
,145

2.085
2.717

,9630
,8820

.497
,497

,4403
,4213

9.221
2.036

80
160

805
..

1.900
1.900
1.900

1.500
1.337
1.100

,200
,281
,400

3.631
4.862
6.408

,7648
,6082
,4117

,497
.497
.497

,3927
,3519
.2903

1.767
1.405
.950

2.375
2.375
2.375

2.1 57
2.067
2.041

,109
,154
167

2.638
3.652
3.938

1.583
1.452
1.420

,622
,622
,622

,5647
,5401
,5360

..

--

1;

...

1;

.. .
-...

40

.
-

...
105
405

X.sts.
XX-Stg.

----.
Std.

3.654
3.355
3.280

PROPERTIES O F PIPE (con't.)

Nomin81
pipe
size

S c h e r l ~ c l e No.
Carbon
& alloy
steels
.

Stainless
steels

Weight O u t s i d e I n s ~ d e h a l l
designa- d ~ a r n . d i a m .
thicktion
in.
~n.
ness
In.

.
80s

80

(CONT.)

X-stg.

Inside
surface
per f t .
sq. ft.

Transverse
area
s q . in.

,5237
,5074
,4920

3.142
2.953
2.761

,4581
.A422
,3929

2.405
2.240
1.774

2.375
2.375
2.375

2.000
1.939
1.875

188
,218

4.380
5.022

1.363
1.279

,621
,622

,250

5.673

1.106

.el2

2.375
2.375
2.375

1.750
1.689
1.503

,312
.343
,436

6.883
7.450
9.099

1.041
,767
.769

,622
,622
.622

2.875
2.875
2.875

2.635
2.469
2 441

,120
,203
217

3.53
5.79
6 16

2.360
2.072
2.026

,753
.753
753

,6900
,6462
,6381

5.453
4.788
4.680

2.875
2.875
2.875

2.323
2.125
1.771

276
,375
,552

7.66
10.01
13.69

1.834
1.535
1.067

,753
,753
,753

6095
,5564
,4627

4238
3.547
2.464

4.33
4.52
5.30

3.62
3.60
3.52

.916
,916
,916

.853
,851
,940

8.346
8.300
8.100

40

10s
405

Std.

80
160

80s
.

S t .

...

XX-stg.

. ..

10s
...

...

. . .

3.500
3.500
3.500

3.260
3.250
32n4

,120
,125
148

40

40s

Std.

3.500
3.500
3 500

3.124
3.068
3 018

188
,216
,241

3.34
3 20
3.10

,916
,916
,916

,819
,802
790

7.700
7.393
7.1 55

X-stg.

X500
3.500
3.500

2.992
2.992
2.900

254
,289
300

3.06
P.91
2.86

,916
,916
,916

,785
,765
761

7.050
6.700
6.605

..

XX-slg.

3 500
3 500
3.500
3.500

9.875
9.687
2.694
2.300

312
406
438
600

2.81
2.46
2.34
1.80

,916
,916
,916
.916

.753
,704
.687
,601

6.492
5.673
5.407
4.155

10s

...

4.000
4 000

3.760
3.744

120
128

4.97
5.38

4 81
4.78

1.047
1 047

984
,981

11.10
1101

..
..

...
..

....
. .

3.732
3.704
3 624

,134
,148
.I88

5.58
6.26
7 71

4.75
466
4 48

1.047
1.047
1 047

,978
,971
,950

10.95
10.75
10.32

40

405

Std

4.000
4.000
4.000
4 000

3 548

226

9 11

4 28

1.047

x-stg

4 000
4 000

3 438
3 364

,281
316

11.17
1 1 51

4 02
3 85

1.047
1 047

,929
,900
.880

9.89
9.28
8 89

4 006

3 312

344

13 4 1

3 73

1.047

867

8 62

XX-Sts

4 000
4 000

3 062
2 728

469
636

17 68
22 85

3 19
2 53

1 047
1 047

802
.716

7.37
5.84

4500
4503
4500

4260
4244
4232

120
l?8
134

561
599
626

618
614
61;

1178
1178
1178

1115
1111
:.I10

1425
14.15
1410

4500
4 500
4500

4 216
3 170

142
165
188

661
7 64
856

606
5 92
580

1178
1 178
1178

1.105
1.093
1087

1398
13 67
1339

...

...

. ..

..
...

...
80

80s

...

...

...

160

.. .

...
...

------. ..
...

80

805

...

Outside
surface
per f t .
aq. ft.

XX-Stg.

...

3;

M't. o f
water
per f t .
p i p e Ih.

...
...

l60

\+'eight
per
foot
~ h .

...

..

..
...

10s

"

..

4124

320
P R O P E R T I E S O F PIPE ( c o n ' t . )
Sihedule No.
Nominal
C ~ r b o nS t a i n p i p e & alloy less
SIIC
strrlb
steels

10

.. .

. .

.. .

\ V r ~ g h t O u t s ~ d el n s ~ d e
d e s ~ g n a d- i a m - d i a m .
tion
in.
~n.

.. . .
..

20.000 19.500
20.000 19.374

Wall
thickness
in.

Weight
per
foot
Ib,

,250
,313

53
66

Wt. of O u t s ~ d c Inside
Transw a t e r s u r f : ~ c e s u r f a c e verse
per ft. per ft. per f t .
area
pipe Ib.sq. ft. sq. ft.
s q . in.

130.0
128.1

5.94
5.24

5.11
5.08

999.0
295.0

x 2

V)

4
CC,
cc

V)

V)

31

W O N - 0 0
000

000

- v o

"90

00-

' 0 W u ?
" - A
I
8

ON*
----I

1
/

O N
0-

--

"-??

c .-6:
2
e,

5=Q

d
V)

"c+Jz -c
K
z-2
.i:ri
2 3 .C
.2 7 ;

000

2 .5 3
2 El
Y

. . .

- w m

1000,000

r0

o m
'iC ,EL!
OD"'

lo00

o o c u

NOTES

FLANGES
FLANGE FACING FINISH
In pressure vessel construction only gasket seats of flanges, studded openings, etc.
require special finish beyond that afforded by turning, grinding or milling.
The surface finish for flange facing shall have certain roughness regulated by
Standard ANSI B16.5. The roughness is repetitive deviation from the nominal
surface having specified depth and width.
Raised faced flange shall have serrated finish having 24 to 40 grooves per inch. The
cutting tool shall have an approximate 0.06 in. or larger radius resulting 500
microinch approximate roughness IANSI B16.5, 6.3.4.1.1
The side wall surface of gasket groove of ring joint flange shall not exceed 63
microinch roughness. /ANSI B 16.5-6.3.4.3.1
Other finishes may be furnished by agreement between user and manufacturer.
The finish of contact faces shall be judged by visual comparison with Standard ANSI
B46- 1 .
The center part of blind flanges need not to be finished within adiameter which equals
or less than the bore minus one inch of the joining flange. /ANSI B16.5-6.3.31
Surface symbol used to designate roughness J is placed either on the line indicating
the surface or on a leader pointing to the surface as shown below. The numbers: 500
and 63 indicate the height of roughness; letter "c" the direction of surface pattern:
"concentric-serrated" .

md;O
-, :

E
,
6 FACED
BORE MINUS 1 rn
I

s
,

CONCENTRIC SERRATED FINISH

SYMBOL USED IN PAST PRACTICE

150 1b. FLANGES

STANDARD ANSI B 1 6 . 5
1 . All dimensions are in inches.

2. Material most commonly used, forged

steel SA 181. Available also in stainless
steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
3. The I / I 6 in. raised face is included in
dimensions C, D and J .
4. T h e lengths of stud bolts d o not include
the height of crown.
5 . Bolt holes are 1 / 8 in. larger than bolt
6. Flanges hored t o dimensions shown unless otherwise specified.
7. Flanges for pipe sizes 2 2 . 26, 28 and 30
are not covered by ANSI B16.5.

3
3%

3.07
3.55

3.57
4.07

2%
2'5/16

15/16
1%

3.50
4.00

4%
4'%6

4
5
6

4.03
5.05
6.07

4.57
5.66
6.72

3
3%
3%

I 5/i6
13 6
I p/i6

4.50
5.56
6.63

5%6
656
79/16

8
10
12

7.98
10.02
12.00

8.72
10.88
12.88

4
4
4%

1%
11%6
2%

8.63
10.75
12.75

14
16
18

13.25
15.25
17.25

14.14
16.16
18.18

5
5
5%

2%
2%
2'1/i6

20
22
24

19.25
21.25
23.25

20.20
22.22
24.25

5'1/i6
5%
6

26
28
30

specified

26.25
28.25
30.25

5
5'h
5%

,,,,

7 !h
8%

'%6

'36

9
10
11

9'#6
12
14%

13%
16
19

ly8
1%6
1%

14.00
16.00
18.00

15%
18
19%

21
23%
25

1%
17/16
1 %6

2 8
3%
3%

20.00
22.00
24.00

22
24%
26%

27Yl
29%
32

111/i6

3%
3'hh
35/2

26.00
28.00
30.00

28%
30%
32%

34%
36%
38%

2
21/i6
2%

- -

'%6
'%6

11%6

1%

300 1b. FLANGES

STANDARD ANSI B 1 6 . 5
1 . All dimensions are in inches.
2. Material most commonly used, forged
steel SA 181. Available also in stainless
steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
3. T h e 1 / 1 6 in. raised face is included in
dimensions C, D and J .
4. The lengths of stud bolts d o not include
the height of crown.
5 . Bolt holes are 118 in. larger than bolt
6. Flanges bored t o dimensions shown unless otherwise specified.

7. Flanges for pipe sizes 22, 2 6 , 2 8 and 30

are n o t covered by ANSI 91 6.5.

Size

.62
.82
1.05

.88
1.09
1.36

2x6
2%
256

1
1 %6

.84
1.05
1.32

1%
1%
2 YE

3%
4%
4%

9/16

1$6
1!4
2

1.38
1.61
2.07

1.70
1.95
2.44

29/16
2'l/i6
2%

1 l/i6

1.66
1.90
2.38

2 Yl
2%
3 %6

5%
6!h
6%

'%6

2%
3
3 '/2

2.47
3.07
3.55

2.94
3.57
4.07

3
3%
3%6

1%

1%

2.88
3.50
4.00

3l%6
4%
5%

7%
8%
9

1
1%
1%6

4.03
5.05
6.07

4.57
5.66
6.72

3%
3%
3%

1%
2
2 %6

4.50
5.56
6.63

5%
7
8%

10
11
12%

1%
1 ?h
15 6

12

7.98
10.02
12.00

8.72
10.88
12.88

4%
4%
5%

2 %6
2%
2%

8.63
10.75
12.75

10%
12%
14%

15
17%
20%

1 S/s
1%
2

14
16
18

13.25
15.25
17.25

14.14
16.16
18.18

5%
5%
6%

3
3%
3%

14.00
16.00
18.00

16%
19
21

23
25%
28

2%
2%
2%

20
22

19.25
21.25
23.25

20.20
22.22
24.25

6%
6%
6%

3%
4
4%6

20.00
22.00
24.00

23%
25%
27%

30%
33
36

2%
2%
2%

28

To be
speci-

30

fied

26.25
28.25
30.25

7%
7%
8%

7%
7%
8%

26%
28%
30%

28%
30%
32%

38%
40%
43

3%
3%
3%

A
'/2

J/4

5
6

8
10

24
26

1%6
1 %6

11%6

%
'%6

7/e

~p

300 lb.
LONG WELDING NECK
1. All dimellsions are in inches.
2. Material most commonly used, forged
steel SA 181. Available also in stainless
steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
3. The 1 / 1 6 in. raised face is included in
dimensions J and M.
4. The length of bolts d o not include the
height of crown.
5. Bolt holes are 118 in. larger than bolt
diameters.
6 . Dimensions, M (length of welding necks)
are based on data of major manufacturers. Long welding necks with necks
longer than listed are available on Special
order.

SEE FACING PAGE FOR DIMENSION J .

Outside
Diameter
of
Raised
Face

Length of Bolts
No.
of
Holes

Diam.
of 1 Bolt
Bolts
Circle

K
1 '/i

%
Raised
Face

4
4
4

%
%

2%
3%
3%

2%

I 'l/i6
2
2%
2%
3%

4
4
8

%
%
%

4%
5
5%

Ring
Joint

Diameter ~

Outside
Diameter

Length

of
Bore

~
Pipe
Size

Yz

3%

3
3%
3%

2%

3%
4%
5

3%
3%
3%

3%
4%
4%

2%
2%
3x6

1%
1 !h
2

%
%
%

5%
6%
7%

4
4%
4%

4%
5
5%

3'%6
4%
5%

6 %6
7%6
8%

8
8
12

%
%
%

7%
9%
10%

44%
4%

5%
5%
5%

5%
7
8Y8

10%
12%
15

12
16
16

%
1
1%

13
15%
17%

5%
6%
6%

6%
7

7%

10%
12%
14%

16%
18%
21

20
20
24

1%
1%
1%

20%
22%
24%

7
7%

7
8%
8 '/l

16%
19
21

23
25%
27%

24
24
24

1%
1%
1%

27
29%
32

9
9%
10%

23%

8%
9

29%
31%
33%

28
28
28

1%
1%
1%

34%
37
39%

10
10%
11%

11
11%
12%

29%
31%
33%

YZ

7%
%

27%

,:
N
in

.-a
a

12

'2
0
in

ca

cz

10-14

2%
3
3 Yl
4
5
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30

400 1b. FLANGES

STANDARD ANSI B16.5
1 . All dimensions are in inches.
2. Material most commonly used, forged
steel SA 105. Available also in stainless
steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
3. The 114 in. raised face is not included
in dimensions C, D and J ,
4. The lengths of stud bolts d o not include
the height of crown.
5. Bolt holes are 118 in. larger than bolt

6. Flanges bored to dimensions shown unless otherwise specified.

7. Flanges for pipe sizes 22, 26, 28 and 30
are not covered by ANSI B l G . 5 .

900 lb. FLANGES

STANDARD ANSI B16.5
1. All dimensions are in inches.
2. Material most commonly used, forged
steel SA 105. Available also in stainless
steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
3. T h e 113 in. raised face is n o t included
in dimensions C, D and J .
4. T h e lengths of stud bolts d o not include
the height of crown.
5 . Bolt holes are 118 in. larger than bolt
less otherwise specified.
7. Flanges f o r pipe sizes 26, 28 and 3 0 are
n o t covered by ANSI B16.5.

2.94
3.57
4.57

4%
4
4%

2%
2%
2%

2.88
3.50
4.50

4%
5
6%

9%
9%
11%

5
5%
6%
7%
7%
8%
8%
9
9%
1 1 !h

3%
3%
4
4%
4%
5%
5%
6
6%
8

5.56
6.63
8.63
10.75
12.75
14.00
16.00
18.00
20.00
24.00

7%
9%
11%
14%
16%
17%
20
22%
24%
29%

13%
15

16
18
20
24

5.66
6.72
8.72
10.88
12.88
14.14
16.16
18.18
20.20
24.25

21Yz
24
25%
27 %
31
33%
41

3%
4
4%
5%

26
28
30

26.25
28.25
30.25

11 %
11%
12%

11%
11%
12%

26%
28'fi6
30%

30%
32%
35

42%
46
48%

5%
5%
5%

2%
3
4

5
6
8
10
12
14

gP

n
u
E
0

18%

1%
1%
1%
2
2%6
2%
2%
3%
3%

1500 1b. FLANGES

STANDARD ANSI B16.5
1 . All dimensions are in inches.
2. Material most commonly used, forged
steel SA 105. Available also in stainless
steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
3. The 114 in. raised face is not included
in dimensions C, D and 1.
4. The lengths of stud bolts do not include
the height of crown.
5. Bolt holes are 118 in. larger than bolt
diameters.
6. Flanges bored to dimensions shown unless otherwise specified.

WELDING NECK

SLIP - ON

SEE FACING PAGE FOR DIMENSION K

Diameter
of
Bore

Nominal
Pipe
Size

'/1
5/4

1
1%
1%
2

Diameter
of Hub
at Point
of
Welding

Diameter
of
Hub
at
Base

Outside
Diameter
0f
Flange

Thickness
of

.84
1.05
1.32

1!h
1%
2 1/(6

4%
5%
5%

1
1%

Length
Through
Hub

.88
1.09
1.36

2%

1%
1%
1%

1.70
1.95
2.44

2%
3%
4

1%
1%
2%

1.66
1.90
2.38

2%
2%
4%

6%
7
8 l/l

1 '/r
1 !4
1 Yl

2.94
3.57
4.57

4%
4%
4%

2%
2%
3%

2.88
3.50
4.50

4%
5%
6%

9%
10%
12%

1%
1 v8
2'/8

5.66
6.72
8.72

6%
6%
8%

4%
4'Hb
5%

5.56
6.63
8.63

7%
9

2%
3%

14%
15Y~
19

10.88
12.88

--

10
1 1
11%

6%
7%

10.75
12.75
14.00

14%
17%
9

23
26%
29%

4%
4%
5%

-----

12%
12%
14
16

16.00
18.00
20.00
24.00

21%
23%
25%
30

32%
36
38%
46

5%
6%
7
8

2%

2%

v8

2 Yl

3
4

E
5
6
8

%
4
L)
P

3%

C-

10
12
14
16
18
20
24

------

2500 Ib.
LONG WELDING NECK
1. All dimensions are in inches.

2. Material most commonly used, forged

3.
4.

5.

6.

steel SA 105. Available also in stainless

steel, alloy steel and non-ferrous metal.
The 114 in. raised face is not included in
thickness J but is included in length M.
The length of bolts d o n o t include the
height of crown.
Bolt holes are 118 in. larger than boll
diameters.
Dimensions, M (length of welding necks)
are based o n data of major manufacturers. Long welding necks with necks
longer than listed are available o n special
order.

SEE FACING PAGE FOR DIMENSION J .

Outside
Diameter
of
Raised
Face

Length of Bolts
No.
of
Holes

Diam.
of
Bolts

Bolt
Circle

1 ?"

%
%
7/a

yb
Raised
Face

3%
3%
4%

5%

5x
5%

5%
5%
5%
6 1/2
7%
7%

4
4
4

2%
2%
3%

4
4
8

1
1%
1

5%
5%
6%

6%
7
7%

4%
5
6%

8
8
8

1%
1%
1%

7%

9
10%

111/(6

Ring
Joint

10%

Outside
Diameter ~
~
Pipe
Diameter Length
Bore
Size

--L

!h
~/4
2%

.N
~1

--a

.2

8%
9%
10%

c3

'3
e
0

1 'A4
1%
2
2%

3
4

V1

7%6
8 1/2
10%

8
8
12

1%
2
2

12%
141/2
17%

12
13%
15%

12%
14 %
16

12%
15

12
12

2%
2%

21%
24%

19%
21 j/l

20%
22 %

m
w

E
V)
m

14%
17%

5
6
8

10
12-z0

12

APPROXIMATE DISTANCE BETWEEN FLANGES

RING NUMBERS

350
NOTES

WEIGHTS

WEIGHT OF SHELLS Bi HEADS

WALL THICKNESS

'

518"

DIAM.

VESSEL

SHELL
I.S.

11/16"

HEAD

SHELL

0 S. ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS

HEAD

I.S.

O.S.

ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS

64
79
95
113
133

44
55
67
83
97

61
81
105
132
I62

12

h4
')7

76
XC)

58
70

30
50

55
73

93
108

16

111
I74
137

I03
Ilh
I29

X7
101
1

61
73
86

95
119
146

I22
137
5

83
98
112
127
142

151
I64
177
191
204

143
I56
I69
183
196

138
I61
180
201
228

101
121
138
156
175

176
208
233
281
322

166
181
196
211
225

136
171
186
201
215

154
177
198
221
251

113
133
151
171
195

194
230
269
311
355

218
231
244
258
271

210
223
236
250
763

757
288
326
355
391

201
223
245
275
300

365
41 1
460
512
566

240
255
260
284
299

230
245
259
274
289

283
317
353
390
430

221
245
270
302
330

403
453
508
565
625

284
324
364
404
444

276
316
356
396
436

428
551691
846
1017

327
421
526
643
772

623
81 1
1024
1261
1523

313
357
401
445
489

303
347
391
435
479

471
607
760
931
1118

360
458
579
707
849

688
895
1129
1390
1677

476
516
556
596
636

1203
1405
1622
1855
2104

9 2
1065
1229
1405
1592

1810

96

484
524
564
604
644

2458
2818
3204

533
577
621
665
710

523
567
61 1
655
700

1323
1545
1784
2041
2315

1003
1171
1352
1545
1751

1994
2337
2707
3104
3529

102
108
114
120
1 26

685
725
765
805
848

677
717
757
797
837

2368
2648
2944
3213
3578

1791
2003
2225
2460
2706

3613
4039
3509
4993
5502

754
798
842
886
930

744
788
832
876
920

2605
2313
3239
3535
3910

1970
2203
2448
2706
2977

3980
4459
4965
5498
6058

132
138
144

885
925
965

877
917
957

3980
4325
4720

2965
3234
3516

6036
6595
7178

974
1018
1062

964
1008
1052

4317
4703
5185

3261
3557
3868

6646
7261
7902

14
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
33
36
38
40
32

48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90

WEIGHT OF SHELLS &: HEADS

W A L L THLCKNESS
1 - 1 1"

DIAM.
k'ESSEL

HEAD

SHELL

Ioi

HEAD

-3 .\- -

I
:.?-I

I:
1i-l
I
:I7

'0

?hl

15 I

>I()

:I0

311
337

'

2
'h4
.:J2
3110
102

h'0

3_'7
35,
.:A?
111
1.3.)

301
3.; 1
3-h
- 1

2
331
3'1
41 2
4

371

24

411
171
1.)7
521

11 1

1lt1

ilh

7~10

7
h(3
( 2
1057
I \oh

10'
4
(23
5
5x0

130
4(h

1c)l

5
hh7
7

1
1005

OOh

571

77h

5 7 5
jl04

hbO

12
I4

I
I4

-3

SHELL

1 . 5 16"

20

177
- I
3

?h
30

.
31
30
3h
40

1_'
1 h
.i
1

00
(I h

' 1
41 7

72
h l

90
I ,

I 0
I()h

111
1 )
1 ,

43h
4hl

i-h

(15h
'3h

b \ h

7h

1-14
1'1

~17.)
1050
1 ;
1 2 1.)
12.j.J
3
145.)
~ i ]

lbl.,
1-0,)

h7?
1121
1101
1711
2057

705
7h5
hh5

2.132
2h37
7
3712
1 4

.,li

I()?(
1i
I I ~5
1265
131h
1170
.5~ )
]5hh

17'4

lhl

1~1u
i-1
001
4
710
L)()1

1 104
1,343

o
]

\.)3

25j7
h ) ~

7
3t,7h

0-1

1h7
I
3

(I(,

5 1

231

~(II
1.)3
'Jh
;h-

1;h

5
(h7

3(1h3
1.31 1
IO~
571 i
t)A<J!

150
17h

3lh
4
371
102

5
i1.3

307
31'
300
13'1
1
5
035
700
70h
h13

1
llh7

7.3~' 3
h23 I h l ?
.)11 <I07 2 1 7 3

1029
1 1 13
S
1 It17
I2hl
1305

.)31

107i
I I
1 :13
137h

30.7
3-13

I;lho
1330s
IllhO

1 h32

h230

IL)lh

hk)"l

2000

'1755

7-01

3~12
1t1?

.<hl

(3h
bl')

l l h

-0'

174
(21
5.5
03h
4

600
&L)LI

1003
1113
1230

7-3
1.353
~ 5 6 1-52
1I
2305
1421
2-09
3371

3305

1'I\h

3h73
1533
521i

5233
5x07

7hO-1 (,();I
b5')h
.)264 7 1 0 5

l b7O
I
203h

:y

3h02
1311
17hh

hh1.i

lib0

l(,i

50.42
ih23
t,?lh

Ihtll
171x

177
](,.I

1q3

3 1 1
2604
.:O?.)
313h

) 4 5 5
I
5 )
7\21 5 . 0

I !
I.;.,

2507
_'9cJ3
3155
3 ~ 1 7
3

1115

1'0
I

7317 I149
h l ~ J 3 I533
91 1 0
1017
1 0 0 ~ ~ 1 1 1-01
I
17h0

I(,()(,

132 17h0 174h

13h
i h b ~ 1h2h
111 1
) I<)()(,

I
Ii-1

0009

hh2-1
7h92
y.5h2
1 0 t ~ ~ ~ ~
Il(,hl

t 1 3 i 1 ! 2hOh
t>'~?t~1jL)h()
7 5 2 4 1521'

WEIGHT OF SHELLS & HEADS

WALL THICKNESS

VESSEL

SHELL
I.S.

12

HEAD

SHELL

O.S. ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS

1.S.

O.S.

HEAD
ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS

236
271
305
340
375

180
215
249

184
215
263
304
359

153
186
220
265
304

166
218
277
344
417

247
283
319
355
391

186
222
258
294
330

195
230
277
321
379

163
198
235
280
315

174
228
290
359
436

410
444
479
514
548

354
388
423
458
492

405
455
509
578
653

348
393
443
495
564

498
586
681
783
892

427
463
499
535
571

366
402
438
474
570

427
480
535
608
686

361
415
466
521
585

520
61 1
710
817
930

583
618
653
687
722

527
562
597
631
666

732
815
903
997
1094

623
685
748
817
886

1009
1132
1263
1401
1546

608
644
680
716
752

547
583
619
655
691

770
856
948
1035
1147

647
711
785
857
930

1051
1180
1316
1459
1610

757
861
965
1069
1174

701
805
909
1013
1117

1195
978
1527 1216
1900 1505
2314 1797
2768 2144

1698
2197
2761
3388
4080

788
896
1004
Ill2
1221

727
835
943
1051
1159

1253
1598
1987
2418
2891

1015
1275
1562
1880
2226

1768
2288
2873
3526
4245

1278 1221
1382 1325
1486 1430
1590 1534
1693 1638

3264
3799
4375
4994
5650

2492
2897
3298
3762
4257

4836
5657
6542
7490
8504

1329
1437
1545
1653
1761

1267
1376
1484
1592
1700

3408 2603
3965 3008
4565 3443
5207 3926
5892 4441

5031
5884
6803
7789
8842

1798

6348

l0iO8
114
120
176

1903 1846
2007 1950
2111 2054
2715 2159

4782
7088 5338
7867 5924
8575 6541
9431 7190

9581
10723
11928
13198
14533

1869
1978
2086
2194
2302

1808
1916
2024
2133
2241

6618 4966
7388 5567
8198 6177
8935 6819
9825 7493

9961
11148
12401
13720
15107

132
138
144

2319 2263 10350 7867

7423 2367 11138 8576
2527 2471 12743 9316

15931
17394
18921

2410
2518
2626

2349 10851 8198 16560

2457 11669 8936 18079
2565 12749 9705 19666

14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
48
54
60
66
72
78
84
90
96

1-11/16"

1-518"

DIAM.

1742

WEIGHT OF SHELLS & HEADS

WALL THICKNESS
1-314"

DIAM.
VESSEL

SHELL
I.S.

12

1-1 3/16"

HEAD

SHELL

O.S. ELLlP F.&D. HEMIS

I.S.

HEAD

O.S. ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS

257
294
332
369
407

192
229
267
304
342

206
243
294
338
399

172
21 1
249
296
327

182
238
303
375
455

267
306
344
383
422

197
236
274
313
352

218
257
314
356
420

182
223
264
31 1
345

190
249
316
331
473

444
481
519
556
593

379
416
454
491
528

450
504
562
639
719

374
437
490
547
607

542
637
740
850
969

461
499
538
577
615

391
429
468
507
545

473
530
590
670
754

394
460
515
575
638

564
663
770
885
1007

631
668
706
743
780

566
603
641
678
715

807
898
993
1094
1200

671
737
823
897
973

1094
1228
1369
1518
1675

654
693
732
770
809

584
623
662
700
739

845
940
1040
1144
1254

704
772
862
939
1018

1138
1276
1423
1577
1740

753
818
865
930
1042 977
1154 1089
1267 1201

1311
1670
2074
2523
3015

1053
1332
1620
1963
3308

1839
2378
2986
3664
4410

848
964
1080
1196
1313

778
894
1010
1126
1243

1370
1743
2163
2630
3141

1101
1392
1691
2047
2407

1910
2469
3100
3802
4576

1313
1426
1538
I650
1762

3552
4132
4756
5421
6134

2715
3119
3588
4091
4626

5226
611 1
7065
8089
9181

1429
1545
1661
1777
1893

1359
1475
1591
1707
1823

3700
4301
4948
5639
6379

2829
3299
3737
4237
479-5221

5422
6339
7328
8389

102
108
114
120
126

1940 1874 6888 5150 10343

2052 1986 7688 5796 11574
2164 2099 85'19 6430 12874
2276 2211 9295 7098 14243
2388 2323 10220 7797 15681

2010
2126
2242
2358
2474

1940 7162
2056 7991
2172 8865
2288 9659
1404 10618

132
138
144

2500
2612
2725

2435 11252 8530 17189

2547 12201 9296 18766
2659 13256 10094 20412

2590
2707
2823

2520 11650 8535 17820

2637 12673 96?8 19453
2753 13768 10455 71 159

14
16
18
20
22
24
26
28
30
32
34
36
38
40
42
48
54
66
66
72
78
84
90
96

1379
1491
1603
1715
1827

5334
6003
6660
7351
8076

10725
12001
13348
14767
16257

WEIGHT OF SHELLS & HEADS

WALL THICKNESS
I -7,'R"

DIAM.
VESSEL

HEAD

SHELL

I.S.

1-15/16''

SHELL

O . S . ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS

I.S.

O.S.

HEAD
ELLIP F.&D. HEMIS
206

778
318
358
3'18
438

203
743
783
373
363

231
271
376
375
441

I<)!
235
778
327
363

198
35c)
3
407
44-3

788
370
371
417
454

208
2 4
I
332
374

743
785
343
3'1.1
4 6

201
247
9 3
4
387

270
342
423
512

478
518
558
598
638

403
443
483
523
503

497
550
hl9
701
789

414
487
540
602
668

587
689
800
Q79
1046

405
536
7 8
610
661

415
456
4C18
539
581

521
583
648
737
825

435
498
558
677
6c)c)

610
716
830
953
1085

(770
I
759
790
830

604
644
684
724
764

883
981
1086
llc14
1309

736
808
')07
I
lOh3

1181
1325
1477
I637
IS05

707
74.3
785
S26
867

7 7
063
705
746
787

V73
1075
1134
1740
1362

770
845
9 3
1014
1099

I725
1374
1531
16'17
1871

87')
9
1119
I230
1360

804
924
1044
I164
1184

1479
I817
2753
7737
3708

1150
1452
1767
2137
7506

I081
3214
3041
4743

9OC1
1033
3 157
2 8
1406

829
953
1077
1702
1326

1480
1892
7344
1846
3397

1200
1501
1835
?203
2007

2054
20j3
-3329
4081
4C110

1480
1600
1720
1840
IC)60

1405
I525
1645
1765
1885

3846
4370
5141
5858
(1024

2044
3380
3886
4383
4958

5618
65b8
7507
8f.90
c)8h7

1530
lh54
1778
1907
2077

0
1574
16VX
I822
1047

3995
4047
5357
6080
6873

3 0 4 0 5810
351 7 67L)8
4 0 1 5 7857
4 5 5 2 X')97
512-3 10704

102
108
114
170
126

2081
1701
2371
2441
2561

2005 7 4 3 5
2176 8 7 9 5
2246 2 0
736h 10024
2486 11017

5518 I l l 0 8
(7'10
1342L)
b 8 9 0 13873
7604 157C)2
8 3 5 5 16834

2151
2 7
7 3
257
2647

1071 7714
3105 8 0 0 3
1319 9540
3 4 4 3 10358
3 6 7 11470

133
138
144

7hXI
2x02
7972

7hOr? 17058 q l 4 O 18451

2776 1314h s c ) h 0 1 0 1 4 7
2840 13280 10816 1Ic107

2772
2800
-3020

Ib97 12460 9444 10084

2816 13073 107')l 70837
7L)40 14756 1 1 170 27657

1'
14
16
18
70
-7 -1
74
2h
78
30
37
34
36
38
40
42
43
54
60
66
72
78
84
1' 0
96

5722
6317
7120
7x58
8033

114<)7
12x58
1429"
15818
17413

WEIGHT O F PIPES AND FITTINGS

ELBOW
NOhl.
NOM.
PIPE
90'
P I P E D E S I G N A I ' I O N ~l ~
f t ~. ~ ~ L.R.
SIZE
I HK.

-s

(cont.)

10

90'
S.R

RETURN
45'
L.R.

180'
I,.R.

180'
S.R.

A A I

SCH. 8 0
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160

64.4
.592
77.0
.718
, 8 4 3 89.2
1.000 104.2
1.125 116.0

133
159
185
214
261,

88
106
123
143
174

67
79
92
107
130

267
318
370
428
530

177
212
246
286
348

161
180
215
241
260

SCH. PO
SCH. 3 0
S I D.
SCH. 40
X STG
SCH. 6 0
SCH. 8 0
SCH. 100
SCH.120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160

.250
,330
,375
.106
,500
,562
,687
.843
1.000
1.125
1.512

82
108
125
132
160
182
219
268
311
347
450

55
72
80
88
104
121
146
177
207
231
300

41
54
62
66
84
91
109
134
155
174
225

164
216
230
264
320
364
439
535
622
694
910

109
145
155
176
218
242
292
354
414
462
600

120
136
120
147
160
226
245
304
353
404
480

----------

12

TEE

33.4
43.8
49.6
53.6
65.1
73.2
88.6
108.0
125.5
140.0
161.0

14

16
(cont.)

.250
37.0
46.0
312
55.0
,375
63.0
,438
72.0
.500
,593 85.0
,750 107.0
.937 131.0
1.093 151.0
1.250 171.0
1.406 190.0

SCH. 10
SCH. 20
STD.
SCH. 1 0
X S'I'G
SCH. 6 0
SCH. 8 0
SCH. 100
SCH. 120
SCH. 140
SCH. 160

SCH. 10
SCH. 20
SCH. 3 0 STD
SCH.4OXSTG
SCH. 6 0

.250
312
.375
.500
.656

42.0
52.0
63.0
83.0
108.0

106
132
160
183
205
245
310

70
87
105
122
140
163
205

425

53
66
80
91
100
123
154

212
264
325
366
400
490
619

213

850

140
175
210
244
275
326
410

572

382

286

1092

764

139
172
206
276
355

92
115
132
174
236

69
86
100
135
178

277
344
412
550
710

184
230
260
340
472

193
210
165
252
230
311
369

201
222
195
280
458

389
Manufacturers.Standard Gage for

SHEET STEEL
This gage system replaces U.S. Standard Gage for Steel Sheets.
It is based on weight 41.82 pounds per square foot per inch of thickness.

In ordering steel sheets, it is advisable t o specify the inch equivalent of gage.

Mfrs. S t d .
Gage
xo.

3
4
5

Inch
EqulvdIent

~ h s per
.
Square Inch

~ h s per
.
Square Faot

,234 1

,064444
.0b5 l 04
,060764

10 0 0 0
9 3-50
8.'500

.:?J:
1092

hffrs
Gdge

21

7 9

?3

30

GALVANIZED

Inch
Equ~valrnt

Lha. Per
Square Inch

Lbs. Per
Square Foot

0329
,0299
.O:bY
0?3Y
,0209
0 1 79
01 64

0095486
0086806
0078125
,0069444
,0060764
,0052083
,0047743

1.3750
1500
1 1150

,0120
.OI 0 5
0097

,0034722
,0030382
.OO?X?1?

0064
,0060

0 0 1 R446
.0017361

SHEET

..

-----

WEIGHT OF PLATES
Pounds Per Linear Foot
-

.-.

rlll~hllc\~
l f,l , t l c >

15.9
16.6
17.2
17.9

18.6
19.3
20.1
20.8

21.3 23.9 26.6 29.2 31.9

22.1 24.9 27.6 30.4 33.2
23.0 25.8 28.7 32.6 34.4
23.8 26.8 29.8 32.7 .35.7

12'2
13
3
I4

7.97
8.29
8.1
8.93

10.6
11.1
1.5
11.9

13.3
13.8
14.3
14.9

14'2
15
15'2
16

3.24
9.56
9.88
:0.2

12.3
12.8
13.2
13.6

15.4 18.5 21.6 24.7 27.15.9 19.1 22.3 25.5 28.7

lti.5 19.8 2!3.1 26.4 29.6
17.0 20.4 23.8 27.2 30.6

6
17
17'2
18

0.5
0 .
11.2
11.5

14.0
14.5
4 9
15.3

17.5
18.1
18.6
19.1

21.0
21.7
22.3
23.0

21.5 28.1
25.3 28.9
26.0 29.8
26.8 30.6

1811.8
19 12.1
1 1 2 . 20 12.8

15.7
1b.2
16.6
17.U

19.7
20.2
20.7
21.3

23.6
2-l.2
21.9
25.5

27.5
28.3
29.0
29.8

20'213.1
21 13.4
2111.7
22 14.0

17.4
17.9
8 .
18.7

21.8
22.3
22.8
23.4

26.1
26.8
27.4
28.1

2
23
23'2
24

I . 19.1
14.7 19.6
15.0 20.0
15.3 20.4

23.9
1.4
25.0
25.5

25
26
27
28

15.9
16.6
17.2
17.9

21.3
22.1
23.0
2:5.8

29
30
31
32

18.5
19.1
19.8
20.4

2 .
5.5
26.4
27.2

34.5
35.9
37.3
38.7

37.2
38.7
40.2
41.7

39.8
41.4
43.0
i4.ti

+2.5
i4.2
45.9
47.6

30.8
31.9
152.9
34.0

33.9
35.1
36.2
37.4

37.0
38.3
39.5
40.8

4U.I
41.4
42.8
44.2

43.1
M.6
-16.1
47.6

i6.2
47.8
49.4
51.0

49.3
51.0
52.7
54.4

81.6
112.5
33.3
34.4

35.1
36.1
37.2
38.3

38.ti
39.7
40.9
42.1

42.1
43.4
44.6
45.9

45.6
47.0
48.3
49.7

49.1
50.6
52.1
53.6

52.6
54.2
55.8
5?.4

35.1
57.8
59.5
61.2

31.5
32.3
33.2
9.0

35.4
36.3
37.3
38.3

39.3
40.4
41.4
42.5

43.2 47.2 51.1 55.C)

56.5
45.6 49.7 53.9 58.0
Hj.8 51.0 55.3 59.5

59.0
60.6
62.2
63.8

62.9
64.6
66.3
68.0

30.5
31.2
32.0
32.7

34.9
35.7
36.6
37.4

39.2
40.2
41.1
42.1

415.6
44.6
45.7
46.8

47.9
49.1
50.3
51.4

52.3
53.6
54.8
56.1

56.6
58.0
59.4
60.8

61.0
62.5
(i4.O
65.5

65.3 69.7
66.9 71.4
68.5 73.1
70.1 74.8

28.7
29.3
J0.0
30.6

33.5
Y4.2
35.0
35.7

38.3
39.1
40.0
40.8

43.0
44.0
44.9
45.9

47.8
48.9
49.9
51.0

52.6
53.6
54.9
56.1

57.4
5b.7
59.9
61.2

62.2
63.5
64.9
66.3

66.9
68.4
69.9
71.4

71.7 76.5
73.3 78.2
74.9 79.9
76.5 81.6

26.6
27.6
28.7
29.8

31.9
33.2
34.4
'15.7

37.2
38.7
40.2
.11.7

42.5
U.2
45.9
47.6

47.8
49.7
51.6
53.6

53.1
5.5.3
57.4
59.5

58.4 63.8 09.1 74.4

60.8 66.3 71.8 77.4
63.1 68.9 74.6 80.3
65.5 71.4 77.4 83.3

30.8
31.9
32.9
34.0

37.0 13.1 49.3

38.3 44.6 51.0
39.5 -6.1 52.7
40.8 47.6 3 . 4

55.5
57.4
59.3
61.2

61.6
63.8
65.9
68.0

67.8
70.1
72.5
74.8

+t. 1 .18.5 52.5

74.0
76.5
79.1
81.6

80.1 86.3
82.9 89.3
85.6 92.2
88.4

79.7
82.9
86.1
89.3

85.0
88.4
91.8
95.2

92.4 98.6
95.6 102
98.8 105

392

WEIGHT O F PLATES
Pounds Per Linear Foot
l't~~~.hnz\.;.
I ~tic.\
L
\\ ldttl

In

I
%6

'16

I:!

'16

Ii'161

33
35
36

21.7 28.9 36.1 33.3 50.6

22.3 29.8 37.2 44.6 52.1
23.0 30.6 38.3 15.9 53.6

37
38
39
30

23.6
23.2
21.9
25.5

31.5
32.3
33.2
33.0

39.3
40.3
11.3
12.5

17.2
48.3
19.7
51.0

55.0
56.5
58.0
59.5

11
32
33
33

26.1
26.8
27.3
28.1

33.9
35.7
36.6
37.3

33.6
44.6
15.7
46.8

52.3
53.6
53.8
56.1

61.0 69.7 78.3 87.1 95.8

62.5 71.3 80.3 89.3 98.2
61.0 73.1 82.2 91.3 101
65.5 73.8 83.2 93.5 103

15
36
37
38

28.7
29.3
30.0
30.6

38.3
39.1
30.0
30.8

37.8 57.3 66.9 76.5

48.9 58.7 68.1 78.2
39.9 59.9 69.9 79.9
51.0 61.2 71.1 81.6

39
50
51
52

31.2
21.9
32.5
33.2

11.7
32.5
13.3
44.2

53
53
55
56

33.8
33.3
35.1
35.7

57
58
59
60

"16

I/b

"16

57.8 65.0 72.3 79.5 86.7 93.9 101

59.5 66.9 71.1 81.8 89.3 96.1 1M
61.2 68.9 76.5 81.2 91.8 99.5 107

108
112
115

116
119
122

9.1102
(96.9 105
99.5 108
102 111

110
113
116
119

118
121
123
128

126
129
133
136

105
107
110
112

113
116
119
122

122
125
128
131

131
133
137
130

139
133
1%
150

105
108
110
112

115
117
120
122

123
127
130
133

133
137
130
133

133
117
150
153

153
156
160
163

52.1 62.5 72.9 83.3 93.7 1M

53.1 63.8 73.1 85.0 95.6 106
51.2 65.0 75.9 86.7 97.5108
55.3 66.3 77.1 88.3 99.5 111

115
117
119
122

125
128
130
133

135
138
131
144

146
119
152
155

156
159
163
166

167
170
173
177

35.1
15.9
46.8
37.6

56.3 67.6 78.8 90.1 101

57.3 68.9 80.3 91.8 103
58.3 70.1 81.8 93.5105
59.5 71.1 83.3 95.2 107

113
115
117
119

121
126
129
131

135
138
110
113

1%
139
152
155

158
161
163
167

169
172
175
179

180
183
187
190

36.3
37.0
37.6
38.3

38.5
39.3
50.2
51.0

60.6
61.6
62.7
63.8

72.7
73.0
75.2
76.5

83.8
86.3
87.8
89.3

(96.9
98.6
100
102

109
111
113
115

121
123
125
128

133
136
138
130

135
148
151
153

158
160
163
166

170
173
176
179

182
185
188
191

191
197
201
2M

61
62
63
63

38.9
39.5
30.2
20.8

51.9
52.7
53.6
53.3

61.8
65.9
66.9
68.0

77.8
79.1
80.3
81.6

90.7
92.2
93.7
95.2

104
105
107
109

117
119
121
122

130
132
133
136

113
135
137
150

156
158
161
163

169
171
173
177

182
185
187
190

191
198
201
20.4

207
211
213
218

65
66
67
68

11.3
32.1
12.7
33.3

55.3
56.1
57.0
57.8

69.1
70.1
71.2
72.3

82.9
83.2
85.3
86.7

96.7
98.2
99.7
101

111
112
113
116

123
126
128
130

138
130
132
135

152
133
157
159

166
168
171
173

180
182
185
188

193
1%
199
202

207
210
213
217

221
223
228
231

69
70
71
72

44.0
44.6
15.3
35.9

58.7
59.5
60.3
61.2

73.3
71.1
75.3
76.5

88.0
89.3
90.5
91.8

103
IM
1M
107

117
119
121
122

132
133
136
138

117
139
151
153

161
161
166
168

176
179
181
183

191
193
lC3C,
199

205
208
211
213

220
223
226
230

235
238
211
235

62.9
61.6
66.3
68.C

70.8
72.7
73.6
76.5

86.1
88.0
89.9
91.8

78.6
80.8
82.9
85.0

95.6
97.8
99.9
102

86.5
88.8
91.2
93.5

WEIGHT OF CIRCULAR PLATES

WEIGHT OF CIRCULAR PLATES

ALL D l h l E N S I O N S I N I N C H E S

WEIGHTS I N P O U N D S

402

WEIGHT OF BOLTS
With squdre hedds dnd hexagon n u t s In p o u n d s pcr 100
-

I cngrh
I ndcr

tlr.~d

Dlanlrtrr of Bolt ~n I n ~ h e ,
I

3'i

2.38
2.71
3.05
3.3')

0.I I

6.71
7.47
8.23

13.0
14.0
15.1
10.5

24.1
25.8
7
29.3

38.9
41.5
44.0
46.5

67.3
70.8

2'2
2'3

3.73
4.06
4.40
4.74

8 9
u.75
10.5
11.3

17.8
19.1
20.5
11.8

3 1.4
33.5
35.6
37.7

49.1
52.1
55.1
58.2

74.4
77.9
82.0
86.1

3
3'3
3'2
3'1

5.07
5.4 1
5.75
6.0Y

12.0
12.8
13.5
14.3

23.2
24.5
25.9
2.2

39.8
41.9
44.0
46.1

61.2
64.2
67.2
70.2

4
4'3
4'2
4.'4

6.42
6.76
7.10
7.43

15.1
15.8
16.6
17.3

28.6
29.9
31.3
32.6

48.2
50.3
52.3
54.4

5
5'2
5'2
5'1

7.77
8.1 1
8.44
8.78

18.1
18.9
19.6
20.4

33.3
35.3
36.6
38.0

6
6'3
6'2
6'3

9.12
0.37
9.71
10.1

21.1
2 .
22.5
13.3

7
7l.1
7' 2
7'3

10.4
10.7
11.0
11.4

8
8'2
9
9' 2

11.7

11,i

11i

104
10')
114
I I9

161

213

0.2
94.4
38.5
103

124
129
135
140

168
174
181
188

221
229
237
246

73.3
76.3
79.3
82.3

107
111
115
113

145
151
156
161

195
202
208
215

254
202
271
270

56.5
5&.6
60.7
62.8

85.3
88.4
91.4
944

123
127
131
136

167
172
178
183

222
2
236
2

288
296
304
313

39.3
40.4
41.8
43.1

64.9
66.7
68.7
70.8

97.4
100
103
106

140
143
147
15 1

188
193
198
204

249
255
262
269

321
329
337
345

24.0
24.8
25.5
26.3

44.4
45.8
47.1
48.5

72.9
75.0
77.1
79.2

109
112
115
118

156
160
164
168

209
214
220
225

275
282
289
296

362
371
379

27.0
28.6
30.1
31.6

49.8
52.5
55.2
57.3

81.3
85.5
89.7
93.9

121
127
133
139

172
180
189
137

231
241
252
263

303
316
330
343

387
404
421
438

10
10'1

33.1
34.6
36.2
37.7

60.6
63.3
66.0
68.7

98.1
102
106
110

145
151
I57
163

205
213
2
230

274
284
195
306

357
371
384
398

454
471
488
505

11
l2',2
13
13':
14
14l.2
15
15l.2

39.2

71.3
74.0
76.7
79.4

115
119
123
127

170
176
182
188

238
246
254
263

316
327
338
349

411
425
439
452

522
538
556
572

82.
84.8
87.5
90.2

131
135
140
144

194
200
206
212

271
279
287
296

359
370
381
392

466
479
493
507

583
605
622
639

92.3

148

218

304

402

520

656

In~.hcc

I].,
2

I'J
2
2'2

II
1 112

16

Notes:

1;

95.1
VV.~

Bolt la Regular Square 13011, A S A BIX.2 a n d n u t IS fln~shedHexagon N u t . A S A I ~ I H . ~ .

This tahlc conforms to w e ~ g h tstandards adopted h y t h e Industrial Fasteners Institute.

SPECIFIC GRAVITIES
METALS 6 2 9 .

LIQUIDS 6 2 9 .
2 70
6 618
3 78
9 781
? 535
8 60
8 44
8 36
8 20
8 7d
8648
I 54
6 93
8 71
8 89
19 3
22 42
7 03 7 73
7 80-7 90
11 342
1 741
73
13 54(,
10 2

Alurn~nurn
Anurnon)
Barturn
B~srnuth
Boron
Brass 80C ,202
7 K ,302

W ,402

..

5CC 502
Bronze 90C 10T
Cadrn~urn
Calctum
Chrom~urn
Cobalt
Coppcr
Gold
lr~d~um
Iron. cast
I r o n wrought
Lead
Magneturn
Mangancrc
Mcrcur) (68" F )
Moly hdenurn
Nrkcl

88

Platinum

21 37
0 870
10 42 10 53
0 9-12
7 85
16 6
6 25
7 29
4 5
18 6 1 9 I
18 7
56
7 04.7 16

Po~ars~urn
Sllvcr
Sod~urn
Stccl
Tantalum
Tcllunum
T I ~
T~tanlum
Tungstcn
Urartum
Vanad~urn
Zln.

HYDROCARBOYS 60/60F.
Ethane
Propanc
N ~utanc
I < o Dutanc
N pcntanc
Iso pcntanc
N hcaanc
2 mcrhylpcntanc
3 rnnhylpcntanc
2 2d~rncth)lhutanc(ncnhcxanc1
2. 3d1rncth)lhutdnc
N hcptanc
2 rncthylhcaane
3 mnh)lhcxrnc
2. 2d~rnnh)lpcnrane
2. &d~mcthvlpcntanc
1. 1d1rncthylc)clopcntanc
N octanc
C).lopcntanc
Mcthvlc)clopcntanc
C)clohcaanc
Mcth)Ic)clohcranc
Bcn~cnc
Tolucnc

0 3561
0 5077
0 5R44
0 5631
0 6310
0 6247
0 fh40
0 6579
0 6689
0 6540
0M
0 688:
0 6830
0 6917
0 6782
0 6773
0 '592
0 7068
0 7504
0 7'36
0 '834
0 7740
0
0 8718

(Jw

Actttc a ~ l d
Alcohol
cornrncrc~al
Alcohol. pure
Ammonla
Bcnztnc
Brorn~nc
Carbollc actd
Carbon d ~ r u l p h ~ d c
Cot.on sccd
011

Ethcr sulp?ur~c
Fluorac acsa

Gasoline
Kcroscnc
L~nsccdo~l
Mtncral otl

IM

Murtat~cac~d

0 83
0 79
0 89
0 69
2 97

N ~ t r l cacld
Oltvc 011
Palm oil
Pnrolcum
011

1 26

Rspcotl
Sulphur~cactd
Tar
Turpcnttnc o l
Vlncgar
Watcr
Watcr sea
Whalc 011

0 93
0 72
I 50
0 70
0 80
0 94
0 92

CASES 32OF.
Air
Acct)lcnc
Al.ohol \apor
Arnrnonla
Caroon dloxlde
Car~onmonox~dc
Chlorlnc
Ethcr bapor
Ethblcnc
H)drofluonc acld
H~drogcn
Illurn~naunggas
Mcrcur) vapor
Marshgar.
N~trogcn
N~trtcoxtde
N~trousoatdc
Oxbgcn
Sdlphur dloxtdc
Watcr \apor

2 423
? 586

0M9
O W

MISCELLANEOUS SOLIDS 62OF.

~lhntos
Asp+alr"m
Borax
B r ~ c k .ommon
Br1.k. firc
0rl.k. hard
Br1.k. prnscd
Bn.kuork. l n rnonar
Brlckuork ln .crncnt
cement.
Penland Isctl
Chalk
Char-oal
Coal anthrac~tc
Coal. hlturntnouc
Con.rctc
Edrth drr
Earth net
Erncr)
Glair
Granltc

14
14
18
18
23
20
22
16
18
3 1

'

I
22
I
I
26
?7

Gypsum
Icc
I r o n slag
Ltrnntonc
Marhlc
Masonn
M1.a
Mona.
Phosphorus
Plastcr o f Pnrls
Quartz
Sand d n
Sand uct
Sand51onc
Slate
~uapstonc
Sulphur
Tar h ~ t u r n ~ n o u s
T~lc
Traprock

Spnlfic gra\lty o f solids mnd l l q u ~ d rIS rhc rat o o f the~rdcns~t)to (he dens,!) o f uarrr at a spertficd tcmpcraturc
Sperlfi- Rrabll) o f Kasn

I<

r l e ratlo o f !?ear den\ ty l o the d c n r ~ t )o f d r at 5landjrd .ondtt~onr 01 pros-rc and tcrnpcralurc

T o r ~ n dthc u c ~ g h pcr
t .uDl. foot o f a matcrlal rn-lr~pl)thr 5pec1I-1. grlblt%hb 62 16 E Y A h l P I E - Thc uognt o f a c u h h foot o f
ga\ollne 62 36 x O
= 43 65 Ibs

PARTIAL VOLUMES IN HORIZONTAL CYLINDERS

(Percentage Relation of Diameter to Volume)

4 12

PARTIAL VOLUMES IN ELLIPSOIDAL HEADS AND SPHERES

-P1

0, 'Q

Partial volumes of ellipsoidal heads and spheres

volume x coefficient (in the table

Two 2: 1 Ellipsoidal
Heads on Horizontal
Vessel
0.2618 D3

LXAMPLE:
D = I 0 it., 0 in.

H = 2.75 ft.

Find the partial volume of (2) 2: I ellipsoidal

heads of a horizontal vessel. The total volume
o i the two heads:
0.2618 x D~ = 0.2618 r lo3 = 261 8 s u it.
Coefficient from table

Two 2: 1 Ellipsoidal
Heads on Vertical
Vessel
Total Volume = 2.0944

H/D = 2.75110 = .275

Refer to the first two figures (.27) in the
column headed (HID) in the table below. Prcceed to the right until the coefficient is found
under the column headed (5) which is the
third digit. The coefficient of .275 is found
t o be .lX52t;l

n3

l'c~tal vdlu~ncs sor.ffiiic~~t

= p:lrtial vdlurnc
261.8 s . I 85281 = 4h.500 cu. 1.1.
i u . r'r. 11lultlp1ir.db! 7.4XO5 I 1, = I1.S. gal lo^^
i u . It. nlultiplicil b! 2h.31 7016 = L.itcr

Sphere
Total Volume = 0.5236 03

COEFFlClENTS
H 1)

rl

.tnnMnnl
rll
.OO()L".lri
02
.oollh4
(I;< lHV2CAti
114
.In)lt;;z
IHI

,I;,I

.In;
I

.oh
,119

. 11)
11
12
.I.{
14
1,i
Ici
I;
lh
I!!
,211
.?I
1'2
'?:{
2

clc~n~l:! .cnrMI?;

1mXkn1.c
1HHI;itiO
h I l 4
.1Ml'2h2;{
till l!r115

INHI11".l
MI1l:l
iIIl:{(Hlli
1lO.511.1

.thltnkl% ~IIUII;:I
IH1050~~ lKHIS%:{ IMHlGri\
InllSti.< 111117011 1101h1.1
llll~~l!l.i
~llI:<.{\!l llil:{5hni
I
I I
IHI~\~I:<

.(JOIIIII\
1~111141;IIIIIII!II .IIIIII?~~
.lllHl760 .lHHI\>7 IhHl!MO ~hlllhi!l
.II~I!I!I:{
1nv214\ .(u123On .(nr2474
. l l l l ~ < ~ ~ , llfil4lMki
5
tllL1?22 ()I11444
III~I;I:,'{
IIIII~~I~I
111lt;t;~11 1mh'(11;~

(MI7.5:b

.lMl7%:{I

.llllhl2'l

.1Hl~llI,~)7 .IH1!1:{77
.lIl21!1:{
.lll2hli.i
1111t451l llllih;A
II~II!III; IEI:{~III
.l125\7'l .lV?ti-lIvJ

lllh
!:, ' :I

1Ml\;42

.I hI72;11l
.OlO:{G\
,014014
lllnl71;
IV22\.12

l 1 1 l 4 \ l t
(11 YIYJII
III\IIII~~I
.ll2.<.<;<lt .02'.{\.),-8

lL!hlMII)
I~:{:<I;;$\
I
:1
lUl;,{lll;
II;,{:{I,?

12 ll:il)l'!\
.ll.~ll7till ll,{l:;2li
.ll2\.-14'2 ll~!i~l'lll!V:!lli
I).{
122% I):{Ih22
ll;{.jl2l
I I . ~ I ~ I V ~ . ~ lI.{!oli;{:{
.0.{7.24ti
O~II.{\II
0 1 111211 11 11ttti.-1 1 1 12.{ I 5
114,2!1ti!1 11.1.<1;27
1111i~l\~ !l171;:'?
~l~+.{!l! ll~alll>t;
l l l l , l ~ ~ t l l).')llI57
I~.-,III.<: II.-#~;I;~
II.-O.-O~~I~I
II.-I~C:.{I~
II:,I,!I:*
I:,;?~

lll~ll75ll

l l t ~ I . ~ ~ lll12'23\
l7
IJ;II?~!I
.llt~!+4l
t i
ll7772,{ l;\.')7.-,
i 4 ? I
I
7 ! i l

llli\l;ll\

.l);l;h7

l l l l l

.II,<;;\
I
1
l,<4,{1h,
.I15152

II~I;I;~ lll?l:!li

I I! l

III(I~L{
(12 !.{.{\

III!I!I+:{
IV?

!125:$till

l l l i . ~ l l t1~

llli:i\

11;

l l ~ l \ t i l ~

l l ~ l t i

.~~;',14.<2 ll\lv2!l'?
. I ? l l l l l 1 ,
. I t .1!115

. ! I
. l ~ l 1t
I l.',77ti
lG;\ll
I l47;,',
I! I
: l?~!lll I
l;{7.->1)l.{,-14$11 .l:{111!1\
1 1\4 1'1
I 1
2 I1
1

Oltill:<l
.IY~II~~;

I
IJ\O4!1
l:;\!i12
I 1!1:>> 1

.l11;41;27
l!:2titll
ll\l l y # l i

1 1 1
! l l1

lMl!17lV2
lll:?~.1.<
.lll7:{ll;\
.(I? I%G!I
.ll2li!l.{(l

l l ~ ~ ~ hll;{:!47.{
',l~

iI.{:\t;l
ll.{\l%~i
.11.142'111 11\.1!15h
,1131 l l i t lL-)l\7li
II.-,M~I.II.-,~.VE\

.IIIIHI:?~
.tIl,{C2G
lll77:{7
.,pz;{5:<
,lY2: 11i2
.ll,{:$ll~;{
.~,l!:'
I:<
I;~~I;.{II
.l)5:!5112
.o5!l!tn:

III;,-~
1I.-I

!II;!~~II~
l l t i 7 l l l l ~ ~llti7\ll 1
1 1 7 , j ~ l ~ , 1117 1.;.-02 l);.7)lh'1 l l 7 t i l l 2 ~ , ~
l\.!ll?l
.tl\2\!17 lI\:{;:'?
I1\4ti>?
t1!lO!11\
ll!ll\2!!
lI!V?71;{ ~l!l.ililill
IIN11\!I
IIll l.{li . ll1'2tl\7
. lO;<O.l2

10\\1.-1
ll)!lY?4
. I ll~hllh.I1 l7!l.l
ll27\1
1 1 h7!h
I l!l\l.< l 2 ~ l % : $ .l21\.;'2
ll
. 122\:1i
l.:!lll!11
l:{lll 12
\ : < Il'l;< l.<2247 l:<.{:<ll5
l . , ~ l 7 l ~ l 1 1 l l ~ ~ , l ~I l1I\\:{ lY?!jli!l
. 14411~~1
.l;tMi~i.{
,15177 I . l.-12h%!l . l ~ l l h l l i .l>:,l27

Diameter
in inches

Diameter in
millimeters

24-30
36
42-48
54-60

630
800
1,000
1,250

Diameter
in inches
66-72
78-90
96- 120
126-156

Diameter in
millimeters
1,600
2,000
2,500
3,150

Diameters
in API feet

Diameters
in meters

Diameters
~n API feet

Diameters
~n meters

10
15
20
25
30
35-40
45-50
60

3.15
4.00
5.00
6.30
8.00
10.00
12.50
16.00

70-80
90- 100
120
140-163
180-200
220-240
260-300

20.00
25 .OO
31.50
40.00
50.00
63.00
80.00

CONVERSION TABLE

PRESSURE

w
o

P O U N D S PER SQUARE I N C H T O KILOGRAMS PER SQUARE CENTIMETER

(1 pound per square inch = .0703066 kilogram per square centimeter)

1 to30
L b s . P e r Kg. P e r
S q . In.
Sq. Cm.

31 to 60
L b s . P e r Kg. P e r
S q . In.
Sq. Cm.

61 to 90
L b s . P e r K g . Per
S q . In.
Sq Cm.

91 to 200
~ b s P
. er
S q , In

95

15
16
17
18
19
20

1.05
1.12
1.20
1.27
T.34
1.41

45
46
47
48
49
50

3.1 6
3.23
3.30
3.37
3.45
3.52

75
76
77
78
79
80

24
25

1.69
1.76

54
55

3.80
3.87

84
85

4.99
5.06
5.13
5.20
5.27
5.34
5.4 1
5.48
5.55
5.62
5.69
5.77
5.84
5.9 1
5.98

27
28
29
30

1.90
1.97
2.04
2.1 1

57
58
59
60

4.01
4.08
4.1 5
4.22

87
88
89
90

6.12
6.19
6.26
6.33

105
110
115
120
125
130
135
140
145
150
155
160
165
170
175
180
185
190
195
200

205to400

410to700

710tol000

1010to1500

K g PelSq. Cm.

L b s . Per
S q . In.

Kg. P e r
Sq. Cm.

L b s . Per
S q . In.

K g Per
S q . Crn.

L b s . Per
S q . l n.

Kg. P e r
Sq Cm.

L b s . Per
S q . In.

Kg. P e r
S9. Cm.

6.40
6.47
6.54
6.61
6.68
6.75
6.82
6.89
6.96
7.03
7.38
7.73
8.09
8.44
8.79
9.14
9.49
9.84
10.19
10.55
10.90
11.25
1 1.60
11.95
12.30
12.66
13.01
13.36
13.71
14.06

205
210
215
220
225
230
235
240
245
250
255
260
265
270
275
280
285
290
295
300
310
320
330
340
350
360
370
380
390
400

14.41
14.76
15.12
15.47
15.82
16.17
16.52
16.87
17.23
17.58
17.93
18.28
18.63
18.98
19.33
19.69
20.04
20.39
20.74
21.09
21.80
22.50
23.20
23.90
24.61
25.31
26.01
26.72
27.42
28.1 2

410
420
430
440
450
460
470
480
490
500
510
520
530
540
550
560
570
580
590
600
610
620
630
640
650
660
670
680
690
700

28.83
29.53
30.23
30.93
31.64
32.34
33.04
33.75
34.45
35.15
35.86
36.56
37.26
37.97
38.67
39.37
40.07
40.78
41.48
42.1 8
42.89
43.59
44.29
45.00
45.70
46.40
47.1 1
47.81
48.51
49.21

710
720
730
740
750
760
770
780
790
800
810
820
830
840
850
860
870
880
890
900
910
920
930
940
950
960
970
980
990
1000

49.92
50.62
51.32
52.03
52.73
53.43
54.1 4
54.84
55.54
56.25
56.95
57.65
58.35
59.06
59.76
60.46
61.17
61.87
62.57
63.28
63.98
64.68
65.39
66.09
66.79
67.49
68.20
68.90
69.60
70.31

1010
1020
1030
1040
I050
1060
1070
1080
1090
1100
1120
1140
1160
118 0
1200
1220
1240
1260
1280
1300
1320
1340
1360
1380
1400
1420
1440
1460
1480
1500

71.01
71.71
72.42
73.1 2
73.82
74.52
75.23
75.93
76.63
77.34
78.74
80.15
81.56
82.96
84.37
85.77
87.18
88.59
89.99
91.40
92.80
94.21
95.62
97.02
98.43
99.84
101.24
102.65
104.05
105.46

CONVERSION TABLE

DEGREE

RADIANS TO DEGREES
1 RADIAN =
Radians

I
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9

5717'44".8
114~3j'29".6
171~3'J4".4
22910'59".2
286'28'44".0
343'46'28".8
401' 4'13".6
418O21'j8".4
j1139'43".3

= 5 7 . 2 9 5 7 8 DEGREES

Tenths

Hundredths

5'43 '46".5
11 '27'?3".0
1711'19".4
22O~j'Oj".9
28'38'52".4
34"22'38".9
40' 6'21".4
4j010'11".8
11 '33'18".3

034'22".6
l o 8'45".3
1'43 '87".9
217'30".6
2j1'13".2
jo26'1j".9
4O 0'38".j
435'01".2
F 0 9'23".8

Thousandths

0' !'26".3
0 6'j2".1
0~10'18".8
013'4j".1
O0 17'11".3
020'37".6
024'03".9
027'30". 1
030'16".4

EXAMPLES
1.

Change 87O 26' 34" t o radian

Solution: From table on opposite page
87O = 1.5184364
26' = 0.007563 1
34" = 0.0001648
87O 26' 34"

2.

1.5261643

radians
radians
radians
radians

Change 1.5262 radians t o degrees

Solution: From table above
1
radian
0.5
0.02
0.006
0.0002

= 57O 17' 44.8"

1.5262

= 86O 83' 22 1.4"

= 87O 26' 41.4"

= 28O 38' 52.4"

=
=
=

10 8' 45.3"
0 20' 37.6"
0 0'41.3"

Tenthousandths

0 ' 0'20".6
O 0 0'41".3
O 0 1'01".9
0 1 '22".1
0 " 1'43".1
O 0 2'03".8
0' 2'24".4
0' 2'41".0
O3 3'01".6

PART IV .
DESIGN O F S T E E L STRUCTURES

..............

438

.................

440

...................

442

....................

445

................

448

1.

Stress and Strain Formulas

2.

Properties of Sections

3.

Center of Gravity

4.

Beam Formulas

5.

Design of Welded Joints

6.

Example Calculations

7.

Bolted Connections . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

.................

451

DESIGN OF WELDED JOINTS

F O R STRUCTURAL MEMBERS
GROOVE_lLD
Groove welds are usually a continuation of the base metal. For groove welds the same
strength is ascribed as for the members that they join.
FILLET W E L D
Size of weld
The size of an equal-leg fillet weld is the leg
dimension of the largest 45" right triangle inscribed
in the cross section of the weld.

The size of an unequal-leg fillet weld is the

shortest distance from the root to the face of the
fillet weld.

Throat dimension = 0.707 x leg dimension

Minimum Weld size*

Thickness of the thicker plate, in.
Minimum fillet weld size, in.

1/,

y4

3/16

I/J

y2
%6

2%
?h

over
6

S/g

* Weld size need not to exceed the thickness of the thinner part joined
Economy of fillet welding
1. Use the minimum size of fillet weld required for the desired strength.
Increasing the size of a fillet weld in direct proportion, the volume (and costs) of it
will increase with the square of its size.
2. Locate weld to avoid eccentricity, to be readily accessible, and in down-welding
position.
3. Apply fillet weld transversely to the force to achieve greater strength.

TRANSVERSE

Allowable Load
The strength of the welds is a Function of the welding procedure and the electrode used.
For carbon steel joints commonly used maximum allowable static load 9,600 (9.6 kips) Ib
per 1 square inch of the fillet weld leg-area, or 600 Ibs on a %6" leg x 1" long fillet weld.
For example: the allowable load on a '/4" x 1" long fillet weld 4 x 600 = 2,400 Ibs.
Combined Loads
Shear stress and bending or torsional stresses due to eccentric loadings may be combined
vectorially. It is based on the elastic theory and provides a simplified and conservative
method.

PART

V.

MISCELLANEOUS

......................

456

.............

460

1.

Abbreviations

2.

Codes. Standards. Specifications

3.

Boiler and Pressure Vessel Laws .

............

464

CODES, STANDARDS, SPECIFICATIONS

Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. (UL)

American Water Works Association (AWWA)

D100-84 AWWA Standard for Welded Steel Tanks for Water
Storage
National Fire Protection Association (NFPA)
No. 30 Flammable & Combustible Liquids Code
No. 58 Liquified Petroleum Gases, Storage and Handling
No. 59 Liquified Petroleum Gases at Utility Gas Plants

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)

B31.3 - 1990 Chemical piantand Petroleum Refinery Piping

B3 1.4 - 1989 Liquid Petroleum Transportation Piping Systems

HEAT EXCHANGERS
Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc.
Standards, 5th Edition with 1985 Addenda and Practical Guide to Expansion Joints
PIPES
American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
ANSI B36.19-1976 Stainless Steel Pipe
ANSI B36.10h.I-1985 Welded and Seamless Wrought Steel P i ~ e

462

CODES, STANDARDS, SPECIFICATIONS

FITTINGS, FLANGES, AND VALVES

American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
ANSI B16.25- 1979 Buttwelding Ends
ANSI B16.10-1973 Face-to-Face and End-to-End Dimensions of
Ferrous Valves
ANSI B16.9- 1986 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding
Fittings
ANSI B16.9a- 1981 Factory-Made Wrought Steel Buttwelding
Fittings (Supplement to ANSI B16.9-1978)
ANSI B16.14-1977 Ferrous Pipe Plugs, Bushings, and Locknuts
with Pipe Threads
ANSI B16.11-1980 Forged Steel Fittings, Socket-Welding and
Threaded
ANSI B16.5-1988 Pipe Flanges and Flanged Fittings, Steel, Nickel
Alloy and Other Special Alloys
ANSI B16.20-1973 Ring-Joint Gaskets and Grooves for Steel Pipe
Flanges
MATERIALS
The American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
1989 Annual Book of ASTM Standards, Section 1 Iron and Steel
Products
Volume 01.01lSteel Piping, Tubing and Fittings, 13 1 Standards
Volume 01.03lSteel Plate, Sheet, Strip, and Wire, 95 Standards
Volume 0 1.04lStructural Steel, Concrete Reinforcing Steel,
Pressure Vessel Plate and Forgings, Steel Rails,
Wheels, and Tires - 135 Standards
MISCELLANEOUS
International Conference of Building Officials (ICBO)
Uniform Building Code - 1991
Steel Structures Painting Council (SSPC)
Steel Structures Painting Manual
Volume 1, Good Painting Practice
Volume 2, Systems and Specifications
Uniform Boiler and Pressure Vessel Laws Society
Synopsis of Boiler and Pressure Vessel Laws, Rules and Regulations
by States, Cities, Counties and Provinces (United States and Canada)
-1990

Environment Protection
Code of Federal Regulations, Protection of Environment, 1988 40- Parts 53
to 60
(Obtainable from any Government Printing Office)
American Society of Civil Engineers (ASCE)
Minimum Design Loads for Buildings and Other Structures
ASCE 7-88 (Formerly ANSI A58.1)

LITERATURE

1. S. Timoshenko, Strength of Materials, 1955, D. Van Nostrand Co.,

New York.
2. S.P. Timoshenko, Theory of Plates and Shells, 1959, McGraw-Hill
Book Co., New York.
3. R. J. Roark and W.C. Young, Formulas for Stress and Strain, 5th Ed.
1975, McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York.

4. K.K. Mahajan, Design of Process Equipment-2nd Ed. 1985., Pressure

Vessel Handbook Publishing, Inc., Tulsa, OK.
5. L.E. Brownell and R.H. Young, Process Equipment Design: Vessel
Design, 1956, John Wiley and Sons, New York. (Out of Print)
6. M.B. Bickel and C. Ruiz, Pressure Vessel Design and Analysis, 1967,
Macmillan Publishing Co. Inc., New York.
7. H . H . Bednar, Pressure Ve.ssr1 Design Hatldbook, 2nd Edition, 1986, Van
Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York
8. S. S. Gill, The Stress Analysis of Pressure Vessels and Pressure Vessel
Components, 1970, Pergamon Press, New York.
9. J. F. Harvey, Theory and Design of Modern Pressure Vessels 2nd Ed.
1974, Van Nostrand Reinhold Co., New York.
10. Pressure Vessels and Piping: Design and Analysis (Collected Papers)
Volume I. Analysis, 1972, ASME.
11. Pressure Vessels and Piping: Design and Analysis (Collected Papers)
Volume 11. Components and Structural Dynamics, 1972, ASME.
12. Pressure Vessels and Piping: Design and Analysis (Collected Papers)
Volume 111. Materials and Fabrication, 1976, ASME.
13. W. Soedel, Vibrations of Shells and Plates, 1981, Marcel Dekker, Inc.,
14. W. Flfigge, Stresses in Shells, 2nd Ed. 1973, Springer - Verlag, New
15. B.F. Forman: Local Stresses in Pressure Vessels, 3rd Ed. 1981,
Pressure Vessel Handbook Publishing, Inc., Tulsa, OK.

SUBJECTS
COVERED BY THE WORK(S) LISTED UNDER LITERATURE
(The numbers refer to the work(s) dealing with the subject.)

Attachments, Stresses in Vessels

lnduced by,-15, 16, 17
Bending Of Cylindrical Shells,-14
Bends, Analysis of Smooth,-6
Bolted Joints,-9
Brittle Fracture, Low Stress,-6
Buckling,-6
of Flat and Curved Plates - Formulas.-3
Buckling of Shells,-14
Cast Iron Pressure Vessels,-9
Codes of Various Countries,-- 24
Collapse, Fatigue and Incremental,-6
Composite Materials,- 12
Computer Analysis of Pressure Vessels,-8
Concrete for Pressure Vessels,-12
Cone, Conical Section when Half Apex
Angle is Greater than 30,--7
Conical Heads and Reducers,-6
Corrosion, -6
Corrosion Resistant Materials,- 12
Cracks, Development of,-6
Creep Effects,-8
Cylindrical Shell, Local Stresses in-15, 16, 17
Cylindrical Shells, Analysis of,-6
Dead Loads,-7
Deformations in Pressure Vessels,-3
Design of Flanges.-4
Rectangular Tanks,-4
Tall Stacks,-4
Tall Towers,-7
Discontinuity Stresses,-7, 9
Division 2 of ASME Code Comparison to
Division, 1 ,-4
Dynamic Stability,-l l
Dynamic and Temperature Stress,Formulas,-3
Earthquake Loads,-7 ,24
Economics of Design and Construction,-9
Elastic Stability,-8
Plates and Shells-Formulas.-3
Elastic Stress Analysis,-6
Elevated Temperature Effects,--I0
Elliptical Opening, Stress concentration,--9
Expansion Joints, Flanged and Flued,-4
Pipe Segment,-4

.24
External Loads,-I0
External Pressure; Stress Analysis,-8
Fatigue,-9, 10, 12
Fatigue and Incremental Collapse,-6
Filament-Wound Pressure Vessels,-9
Flange Design,-4
Flange Design & Analysis,-8
Flanged and Flued Expansion Joints,-4
Flanges and Closures,-l l .24
Flanges with Full Face Gasket,--21
Flat Closure Plate,-6 2 4
Flat Plates - Formulas,-3
Stresses in.-9
Floating Heads, Stress Analysis of,-4
Foundation Design,-20
Fracture,-6
Fracture Mechanics,- 10
Fracture Properties of Materials,-I2
Heads, Stress Analysis of,-8, 1 1 ,24
Heat Exchangers, Shell and Tube.-4 ,24
High Temperature Materials,- 12
Hub Flanges, Rotation of,-4
Hydrogen Embrittlement,-12
Leg Support for Vertical Vessels,-4
Ligament Stresses, Analysis of,-8
Limit Analysis and Plasticity,-10
Lobed Pressure Vessels,-9
Local Loading, Stress Analysis of,-8, 1 1
Local Stresses in Vessels,-7, IS, 16, 17
Low Stress Brittle Fracture,-6
Low Temperature Materials,-12
Lug Support for Vertical Vessels,-4
Materials for Vessels,-6; 7, 9 , 24
Membrane Stresses,-7, 9
Mitred Bends, Analysis of,-6, 8
Modular Construction.-9
Non-Bolted Closures.-9
Nozzles,-1 1 ,24
Nozzle Intersection Stress Analysis,-8
Nozzles, Stresses in Vessels Exerted by15, 16, 17
Nozzle Thermal Sleeves,-9
Oblique Nozzles,--6
Perforated Plates and Shells,-1 1

472

Pipe Bends, Stress Analysis of,-8

Pipe Segment Expansion Joints,-4
Pipe Supports at Intervals - Formulas,-3
Piping Loads,-7
Piping Systems, Stress Analysis of,-6, 11
Plasticity,-10
Plastic Collapse,-6
Plates, Theory and analysis of,-] 8
Prestressed Concrete Vessels,-9
Rectangular Attachment, Stresses Exerted
by,-15, 16, 17
Rectangular Tanks, Design of,-4
Reinforcement of Openings,-7 2 4
Ring Support.-2b
Rotation of Hub Flanges,-4
Saddle, Design of,-7 ,24
Seismic Analysis,- 1 l
Selection of Materials,-6
Shallow Shells,-14
Sheet Metal Drafting,-22
Shell and Tube Heat Exchanges,-4
Shells of Revolution, Analysis of,-6 ,24
Sliding Supports for Horizontal and
Vertical Vessels,-7
Spherical Shells, Analysis of,-6
Local Stresses in-15, 16, 17
Stress and Strain Due to Pressure on or
Between Elastic Bodies - Formulas,-3
Stress Concentration,-9
Stresses in Horizontal Vessels
supported by T~~ saddles (zick),-7
Stresses in Flat Plates,-9

Stresses In Vessels,-8, 14, 24

Formulas,-3
Stresses in Vessels Induced by Attachments,15, 16, 17
Stacks, Design of Tall,-4
Structural Dynamics,-1 1
Support of Vessels by Legs,-4, 7
Support of Vessels by Lugs,-4, 7
Support Lugs, Stresses Exerted in Vessels
by,-15, 16, 17 ,24
Tall Stacks, Design of,-4 .24
Tall Towers, Vibration of,-4
Tanks, Design of Rectangular,-4
Temperature, Effects of Elevated,-10
Temperature Stresses-Formulas,-3
Thermal Stresses,-7, 9
Thick Cylinder,-9
Thick Shells, Analysis of,-6
Thick Spheres, Analysis of,-6
Tube Sheet Design, Fixed,-4
Vertical Vessels Supported by Lugs,-4
Vessel Codes of Various Countries,-24
Vibration,-13
Analysis of Tall Towers,-4
Induced by Flow,- 1 I
Weld Design,-7
welded ~
~~~~i~~
i of,-6,~ 9 ~
~
Welding,-I2
Wind-Induced Deflection of Towers,-7
Wind-Induced Vibration of Towers,-7
Wind Loads,-7

,24

DEFINITIONS

Abrasion - The removal of surface material

from any solid through the frictional action of
another solid, a liquid, or a gas or combination
thereof.
Absolute Pressure - The pressure above the
absolute zero value of pressure that theoretically obtains in empty space or at the absolute
zero of temperatre, as distinguished from gage
pressure.
Alloy - Any of a large number of substances
having metallic properties and consisting o f
two or more elements; with few exceptions, the
components are usually metallic elements.
Angle Joint - A joint between two members
located in intersecting planes between zero (a
butt joint) and 90 deg. (a corner joint). (Code
U A-60)

Angle Valve - A valve, usually of the globe

type, in which the inlet and outlet are at right
angles.
Annealing - Annealing generally refers to the
heating and controlled cooling of solid material
for the purpose of removing stresses, making it
softer, refining its structure or changing its
ductility, toughness o r other properties.
Specific heat treatments covered by the term
annealing include black annealing, blue annealing, box annealing, bright annealing, full
annealing, graphitizing, maleabilizing and process annealing.
Arc Welding - A group of welding processes
wherein coalescence is produced by heating
with an electric arc, with or without the
application of pressure and with or without the
use of filler metal.

- Welding with equipmen1 which performs the entire welding operalion without corirtant observation and adjustment o r the coritrols by an operator. The
equipment nlav or map not perform [he
loading and iii~loadingo f the work.
Auloma[ic Welding

Backing

Material backing up the joint

during welding to facilitate
obtaining a sound weld at
t:cE:i'Strip
is a backing
in a form of a strip.

Brittle Fracture - The tensile failure with

negligible plastic deformation of a n ordinary
ductile metal.
Brittleness - Materials are said to be brittle
when they show prac!ically no permanent
distortion before failure.
Bushing - A pipe fitting for connecting a pipe
with a female fitting of larger size. ~t is a
hollow plug with internal and external threads.
Butt Weld - A weld joining two members
lying approximately in the
same plane. Butt welded
joints in pressure vessel
construction shall have
complete penetration and
fusion.
Types of butt welded joints:
Single or Double Beveled
Joint, Square Butt Joint.
Full Penetration, Partial
Penetration Butt Joints.
Butt Joints with or without
backing strips.

$T)
141

474

Centroid of an Area (Center o f Gravity o f an

Area) - That point ~n the plane o f the area
about any axis through which the moment of
the area is zero; i t coincides with the center of
grabit! o f the area materialized as an infinitely
thin homogeneous and uniform plate.
Chain Intermittent Fillet Welds - Two lines of
intermittent fillet welding in
a tee or lap joint, i n uhlch
the increments o f ueld~ngin
one l ~ n eare approximately
opposlte to those In the
other line.
Check V a l ~ e - A talte
designed to allou a fluid to
pass through In ont. d ~ r e- i
tion onl!. A ~ o m m o n~ ! p e
hai a plate so suspended
that the reterse llou a ~ d
grat Ity in torang the plate
agaln~ta seat, shutt~ngo f f
r e t e r s flou
Chipping -- One method o f remoting surface
defects suih as small fissures or seams from
partially worked metal. I f not eliminated, the
defeits might carry through to the fir~~shed
rnaterial. I f the defects are remoted b) means
o f a gas torch the term "debeam~ng" or "scarflng" 1s used.
Clad Yessel - A tessel made from plate h a t ~ n g
a corrosion resistant material integrall! bonded
to a base o f less resistant material. (Code
UA-60)
Complete Fusion - Fusion which has occurred oter the entlrr base-metal surtaces exposesd for weldlng.
Complete Penetration - Penetrat~onu hich extended completel through the joint.
Corner Joint - A uelded joint at the junition
o f tuo parts located approximately at right
angles to each other
Corrosion - Chem~calerosion b) mot~onless
or motlng agents. Gradual destruct~ono f a
metal or allo) due to ~ h e m ~ cprocesses
al
such
as oxidation or the action of a chem~calagent.
Corrosion Fatigue - Damage to or fa~lureof a

metal due to corrosion combined with fluctuatlng fat~guestresses.

Coupling - A threaded >leebe used to connect
two pipe,. They hate internal threads at both
ends to f ~ external
t
threads un pipe.
Creep -- Continuous Increase in deformation
under constant or drireas~ngstre,s. The term i s
usually used with reference to the behat lor o f
metals under tension at ele~atedtemperatures.
The similar y~eldingof a material under compresslie stress IS usuall) called plasrrc flow or
flon.
[lamaging Stress - The least unlt stress, o f a
glten kind and for a giten material and condl[ton o f certice, that u1I1render a member unfit
for sert~cebefore the end of its normal I ~ f e I. t
ma) do this by produi~ngexiess:ve >et, o: by
iauslng creep to occur at an excessrte rate, or
by Lauslng fatigue :racking, ertcesslte \train
harden~ng,or rupture.
1)eformation (Strain) - Change In the form or
In the dlmenslon of a bod! produced b! ,tres\
Elongalron i s often u\ed ior tens~lestraln, compre.c.cron or shortenrny for iompresslte straln,
ana d e l r u ~ i o nfor shear strain. Ela.srrc deformurron i s such deformation as disappears on
remotal o f stress; permanenr deformurion 1s
such deformation as remalns on remotal o f
\tress.
Design Pressure - The pressure used in determ ~ n i n g!he minimum permissible thickness or
p h y r i ~ acharacteristics
l
o f the different parts o f
[he tessel. (Code UA-60)
Design Temperature - The mean metal
etpe~red
temperature (through the th~~kness)
under operating conditions for the part cons~dered.(Code UG-20)
Discontinuity, Gross Structural - A source of
stress or strain intensification which affects a
relatitel) large portion of a structure and has a
significant effect on the oterall stres\ or straln
pattern or on the structure as a whole. Examples
are head-toof gross structural discont~nu~tie\
shell and flange-to-shell junctions, nozzles. and
junLtlons between shells of afferent d~ametersor
thi~knesses.

Discontinuity, Local Structural - A source of

stress or stram ~ntcnsificationuhlch affect5 a
relatively small volume of material and doc., not
have a sign~ficanteffect on the overali stress or
strain pattern or on the structure as a whole.
Examples are small fillet rad~i.small
attachments, and part~alpenetration welds
Double-Helded Butt Joint - .A butt jolnt
uelded from both side.
Double-Welded Lap Joint - A lap jolnt in
irhich the overlapped edges
of I h e
are irelded along the edges
o f both members.
Ductilit? - The ab~lltyor a rnstal to ctretch
and become permanently deformed without
breaking or cracking. Ductility is measured by
the percentage reduction in area and percentage elongation of test bar.
Eccentricity - A load or component of a load
normal to a given cross section o f a member is
eccentric with respect to that section if it does
not act through the centroid. The perpendicular distance from the line of action of the
load to either principal central axis is the eccenrriciry with respect to that axis.
Efficiency of a Welded Joint - The efficiency
of a welded joint is expressed as a numerical
quantity and is used in the design of a joint as a
multiplier of the appropriate allowable stress
value. (Code UA-60)
Elastic - Capable of sustaining stress without
permanent deformation; the term is also used
to denote conformity to the law of stress-strain
proportionality. An elastic stress or elastic
strain is a stress or strain within the elastic
limit.
Elastic Limit The least stress that will cause
permanent set.

A welding process in
Electroslag Welding
which consumable electrodes are fed into a
joint containing flux; the current melts the
flux, and the flux in turn melts the faces o f the
joint and the electrodes, allowing the weld

metal to form a continuously cast ingot between the joint faces. Used in pressure vessel
construction when back of the welding is not
accessible. All butt welds joined by electroslag
welding shall be examined radiographically for
thelr full length. (Code UW-1 I) (a) (6)
Endurance Limit (Fatigue Strength) - By
endurance limit of a material is usually meant
the maximum stress which can be reversed a n
indefinitely large number of times without producing fracture.
Erosion-Corrosion - Attack on a metal surface resulting from the combined effects of
erosion and corrosion.
Expansion Joint - A joint whose primary purpose is not to join pipe but to absorb that
longitudinal expansion in the pipe line due to
heat.
Factor of Safety - The ratio of the load that
would cause failure of a member or structure,
to the load that is imposed upon it in service.

- Tendency of materials to fracture

under many repetitions of a stress considerably
less than the ultimate static strength,
Fiber St- A term used for convenience to
denote the longitudinal tensile or compressive
stress in a beam or other member subject to
bending. It is sometimes used to denote this
stress at the point or points most remote from
the neutral axis, but the term stress in extreme
fiber is preferable for this pupose. Also, for
convenience, the longitudinal elements o r
filaments of which a beam may be imagined as
composed are called fibers.
Fillet Weld

-A

throat

weld of approximately triangular cross section joining two surfaces approdmately at right angles to
each other.
The effective stress-carrying
area of a fillet weld is
assumed to be the product
of the throat dimension
and the length of the weld.
Fillet welds are specified
by their leg dimension.

476
The throat dimension of a n equal legged fillet
weld is 0.707 times the leg dimension.
Fillet welds may be employed as strength welds
for pressure parts of vessels within the limitations given in Table UW-12 of the Code. The
allowable load o n fillet welds shall equal the
product of the weld area (based on minimum
leg dimension), the allowable stress value in
tension of the material being welded, and a
joint efficiency of 55%. (Code UW-18) The
allowable stress values for fillet welds attaching
nozzles and their reinforcements to vessels are
(in shear) 49% of stress value for the vessel
material. (Code (UW-15)

Graphitization appears to lower steei strength

by removing the strengthening effect of finely
disperse iron carbides (cementite) from grains.
Fine-grained, aluminum-killed steels seem to
be particularly susceptible to graphitization.
Groove Weld

Gage Pressure - The amount by which the

total absolute pressure exceeds the ambient atmospheric pressure.
Galvanizing - Applying a coating of zinc to
ferrous articles. Application may be by hot dip
process or electrolysis.
Gas Welding - A group of welding processes
wherein coalescence is produced by heating
with a gas flame with or without application of
pressure
with or without the use of filler
metal.
Gate Valve - A valve employing
a gate, often wedge-shaped,
allowing fluid to flow when the
gate is lifted from the seat. Such
valves have less resistance to flow
than globe valves.
Globe Valve - One with a
somewhat globe shaped body
with a manually raised or
lowered disc which when closed
rests on a seat so as to prevent
passage of a fluid.
Graphitization - Precipitation of carbon in
the form of graphite at grain boundaries, as occurs if carbon steel is in service long enough
above 775"F, and C-MQ steel above 875F.

weld made by depositing

filler metal in a groove between two members to be

&::

s h a m of grooves:
V, U and J . Each may be
single or double.

Stress values for groove

welds in tension 74% and in
shear 60% of the stress
value of vessel material
joined by the weld. (Code
UW-15)

Filler Metal - Material to be added in making

a weld.
Full Fillet Weld - A fillet weld whose size is
equal to the thickness of the thinner member
joined.

-A

Head - The end (enclosure) of a cylindrical

shell. The most commonly used types of heads
are hemispherical, ellipsoidal, flanged and
dished (torispherical), conical and flat.
Heat Treatment - Heat treating operation
performed either to produce changes in
mechanical properties of the material or to
restore its maximum corrosion resistance.
There are three principal types of heat treatment; annealing, normalizing, and post-weld
heat treatment.
High-Alloy Steel - Steel containing large
percentages of elements other than carbon.
Hydrogen Brittleness - Low ductility of a
metal due to its absorption o f hydrogen gas,
which may occur during an electrolytic process
or during cleaning. Also known as acid britHydrostatic Test - The completed vessel filled
with water shall be subjected to a test pressure
which is equal to 1% times the maximum
allowable working pressure to be marked on
the vessel or 1 '/2 times the design pressure by
agreement between the user and the manufacturer. (Code UG-99)
Impact Stress - Force per unit area i m p o s ~ dto
material by a suddenly applied force.
Impact Test

- Determination of the degree of

resistance of a material to breaking by impact,

under bending, tensile and torsion loads; the
energy absorbed is measured by breaking the
material by a single blow.
Intermittent Weld - A weld whose continuity
is broken by unwelded spaces.
so tropic - ~~~i~~ [he same properties in all
directions. In discussions pertaining to strength
of materials, isotropic usually means having
the same strength and elastic properties
(modulus of elasticity, modulus of rigidity,
Poisson's ratio) in all directions.

Joint Efficiency - A numerical value expressed as the ratio of the strength of a riveted,
welded, or brazed join; to the strength of the

vessel wall. (Code UA-60)

Liquid Penetrant Examination (PT). A method
of nondestructive examination which provides
for the detection of discontinuities open to the
surface in ferrous and nonferrous materials
which are nonporous. Typical discontinuities
detectable by this method are cracks, seams,
laps, cold shuts, and laminations. (Code
UA-60)
Loading - Loadings (loads) are the results of
various forces. The loadings to be considered
in designing a vessel: internal or external
pressure, impact loads, weight of the vessel,
superimposed loads, wind and earthquake,
local load, effect of temperature gradients.
(Code UG-22)

Joint Penetration - The minimum depth a

groove weld extends from its face into a joint,
exclusive of reinforcement.

Low-Alloy Steel - A hardenable carbon steel

generally containing not more than about 1%
carbon and one or more of the following
alloyed components: < (less than) 2 %
manganese, < 4% nickel, < 2% chromium,
0.6% molybdenum, and < 0.2% vanadium.

example, by addition of aluminum or

on), in which the reaction between carbon
oxygen during solidification is suppressed.
type of steel has more uniform chemical

Magnetic Particle Examination (MT). A

method of detecting cracks and similar discontinuities at or near the surface in iron and the
magnetic alloys of

p Joint - A welded joint in which two

overlapping metal parts are

yer o r Laminated Vessel - A vessel having a

yers. (Code UA-60)
g - See under Fillet Weld.

thal Substances - Poisonous gases or liuids of such a nature that a very small amount
f the gas or of the vapor of the liquid is
angerous to life when inhaled. It is the respon-

be sheet or shell between adjacent holes.

ed Vessel - A vessel having a corrosion
stant lining attached intermittently to the

Malleable Iron - Cast iron heat-treated to

reduce its brittleness. The process enab!es the
material to stretch to some extent and to stand
greater shock.
Material Test Report - A document on which
the material manufacturer records the results
of tests examinations, repairs, or treatments required by the basic material specification to be
reported. (Code UA-60)
Maximum Allowable Stress Value - The maximum unit stress permissible for any specified
material that may be used in the design formulas given in the Code. (UG-23)
Maximum Allowable Working Pressure - The
maximum gage pressure permissible at the top
of a completed veSsel in its operating position
for a designated temperature. This pressure is
based on the weakest element of the vessel using norminal thicknesses exclusive of allowances for corrosion and thickness required for
loadings other than pressure. (Code UA-60)

Membrane Stress - The component of normal

stress which is uniformly distributed and equal
t o the average value o f stress across the
thickness of the section under consideration.

Arc Welding - An arc

in which the electrode supplies the filler metal
t o the weld.
Modulus of ~
~
~ ~
u ~-~
The rate of change of unit tensile or compressive stress with respect to unit tensile or
compressive strain for the condition of uniaxial
stress within the proportional limit. For most,
but not all materials, the modulus of elasticity
is the same for tension and compression. For
nonisotropic materials such as wood, it is
necessary t o distinguish between the moduli of
elasticity in different directions.
Modulus of Rigidity (Modulus of Elasticity in
Shear) - The rate of change of unit shear
stress with respect t o unit shear strain, for the
condition of pure shear within the proportional
Moment of Inertia of an Area (Second
Moment of an Area) The moment of inertia of
an area with respect to an
axis is the sum of the
products obtained by multiplying each element of the
area by the square of its
distance from the axis.
The Moment of Inertia (I)
for thin walled cylinder
about its transverse axis; 1 = n r't
where r = mean radius of cylinder
t = wail thickness
Needle Valve - A valve provided with a long
tapering point in place of the ordinary valve
disk. The tapering point permits fine graduation of the opening.
Neutral Axis - The line of zero fiber stress in
any given section of a member subject to bending; it is the line formed by the intersection of
the neutral surface and the section.
Neutral Surface - The longitudinal surface of
zero fiber stress in a member subject to bend-

ing; it contains the neutral axis of every

section.
Nipple - A tubular pipe fitting usually threaded o n both ends and under 12 inches in length.
Pipe over 12 inches long is regarded as cut pipe.
Non-Pressure Welding - A group o f welding
processes
d i ~ ~in which
~ ~ the ~weld is ~made without
)
pressure.
Normalizing - ~~~~i~~ to about 1000 F.
above the critical temperature and cooling to
room temperature in still air. Provision is often
made in normalizing for controlled cooling at a
slower rate, but when the cooling is prolonged
the term used is annealing.
Notch Sensitivity - A measure of the reduction in strength of a metal caused by the
presence of a notch.
Notch Strength - The ratio of maximum tensional load required to fracture a notched
specimen to the original minimum crosssectional area.

Notch Test A tensile or creep test of a metal

to determine the effect of a surface notch.
Operating Pressure - The pressure at the top
of a pressure vessel at which it normally
operates. It shall not exceed the maximum
allowable working pressure and it is usually
kept at a suitable level below the setting o f the
pressure relieving devices to prevent their frequent opening. (Code UA-60)

Operating o r Working Temperature

The
temperature that will be maintained in the
metal of the part of the vessel being considered
for the specified operation of the vessel (see
UG-20 and UG-23). (Code UA-60)
Oxidation or scaling of metals occurs at high
temperatures and access of air. Scaling of carbon steels from air or steam is negligible up to
1c)oo0F. Chromium increases scaling resistance
o f carbon steels. Decreasing oxidation
resistance makes austenitic stainless steels unsuitable for operating temperatures above
1500OF.

480

membrane strebs ~n a circular cyl~ndncalor a

spherical >hell due to internal pressure or to
distnbuted live loads; bending stress in the
central portlon of a flat head due to pressure.
Quench Annealing - Annealing an austenitic
ferrous alloy by heatlng followed by quenching
from solution temperatures. Liquids used for
quenching are oil, fused salt or water, into
which a material is plunged.
Radiographing - The process o f pas\ing electronic radiations through an object and obtaining a record of its soundness upon a sensitized
film. (Code UA-60)
Radius of Gyration - The radius o f gyration
of an area with respect to a given axis is the
square root of the quantity obtained by
dividing the moment of inertia of the area with
respect to that axis by the area.

teristlc of a beiondary stress 1s that it 13>elf-limiting.

Ltml yielding and minor distortion> can satihfy the
condltion5 which cause the \tress to occur and
failure from one appllcatlon of the stres\ I \ not to be
expected. Examples of \econdary stress are: general
thermal stress: bending stress at 3 gross structural
di"OntinUity.
lhe
*fion
Modulus - The lerm pertains
cross section of a beam. The section modulus
with respect to either principal central axis ir
the moment of inertia with respect to that axis
divided by the distance from that axis to the
most remote point o f the section. The section
modulus largely determines the flexural
strength of a beam of given
Section Modulus ( 2 ) o f a
thin walled cylinder (r>lOt)
about its transterse axis:
where r = mean radius o f

Rnndom Lengths - A term indicating no

specified minimum or maximum length with
lengths falling within the range indicated.
Refractory - A material of very high melting
point with properties that make it suitable for
~ c uses
h as high-temperature lining.
Residual Stress - Stress remaining in a structure or member as a result of thermal or
mechanical treatment, or both.
Reslstnnce Welding - A pressure welding process wherein the heat is produced by the
resistance to the flow of a n electric current.

t = wall thickness,
Shell - Structural element made to enclose
some space. Most of the shells are generated by
the revolution of a plane curve.
In the terminology of this book shell is the
cylindrical part of a vessel or a spherical vessel
is called also a spherical shell,
Shear Stress - The component of stress
tangent to the plane of reference.

Scale - An iron oxide formed on the surface

of hot steel, sometimes in the form 0; large
sheets which fall off when the sheet is rolled.

Shielded Metal-Arc Welding - An arc

weldlngprocess wherein coalescence is produced by heating with an electric arc between a
covered metal electrode and the work.
Shielding i, obtained from decompo\ition of
the electrode covering. Pre\\ure 1s not used and
filler meral is obtained from the electrode.

Scarf - Edge preparation; preparing the contour on the edge of a member for welding.

Slngle-Welded Butt Joint - A butt joint welded from one side or.ly.

Root of Weld

- The bottom of the weld.

seal Weld - Seal weld used primarily to obtain

tightness.
Secondary Stress - A normal \trc\:, dr a >hear
stress dc~clopcdby the constraint of adlacent part,
cnaracor by sclf-iunstratnt oia htructurc. Thc

Slngle-Welded Lap Joint - A lap joint in

which the overlapped edges of the members t o
be joined are welded along the edge o f one
member.
Size of Weld
penetration.

- Groove

Weld: The depth of

482
welding rod.

Tack Weld - A weld made to hold parts of a

weldment in proper alignment until the final
welds are made.
Tee Joint - A welded joint at the junction of
two parts located approximately a t right angles
to each other in the form of a T.

(see UG-25).
3. The "nominal thickness" is the thickness
selected as commercially availble, and as supplied to the manufacturer; it may exceed the
design thickness. (Code UA-60)

Throat - See under Fillet Weld.

Tensile Stress - Stress developed by a material

bearing tensile load.

Tolerances - For plates the maximum permissible undertolerance is the smaller value of
0.01 in. or 6% of the design thickness. (Code
UG-16)
The manufacturing undertolerance on wall
thickness of heads, pipes and pipefittings shall
be taken into account and the next heavier
commercial wall thickness may then be used.

Test - Trial to prove that the vessel is suitable

for the design pressure.
See Hydrostatic test, Pneumatic test.

U.M. Plate - Universal Mill Plate or platt

rolled to width by vertical rolls as well as to
thickness by horizontal rolls.

Tensile Strength - The maximum stress a

material subjected to a stretching load can
withstand without tearing.

Test Pressure - The requirements for determining the test pressure based on calculations
are outlined in UG-99(c) for the hydrostatic
test and in UG-1Wb) for the pneumatic test.
The basis for calculated test pressure in either
o f these paragraphs is the highest permissible
internal pressure as determined by the design
formulas, for each element of the vessel using
nominal thicknesses with corrosion allowances
included and using the allowable stress values
for thc temperature of the test. (Code UA-60)
Therrnal Fatigue - The development of cyclic
thermal gradients producing high cyclic therma1 stresses and subsequent local cracking of
material.
Thermal Stress - A self-balancing stress produced by a nonuniform distribution of
temperature or by differing thermal coefficients of expansion. Thermal stress is
developed in a solid body whenever a volume
of material is prevented from assuming the size
and shape that it normally should under a
change in temperature.
Thickness of Vessel Wall
1. The "required thickness' is that cornputed by the formulas in this Division, before
corrosion allowance is added (see UG-22).
2. The "design thickness' is the sum of the
required thickness and the corrosion allowance

Ultrasonic Examination (UT) - a nondestructive means for locating and identifying internal
discontinuitis by detecting the reflections they
produce of a beam of ultrasonic vibrations
(Code UA-60)
Undercut - A groove melted into the base
metal adjacent to the toe of a weld and left unfilled by weld metal.
Unit Strain - Unit tensile strain is the elongation per unit length; unit compressive strain is
the shortening per unit length; unit shear strain
is the change in angle (radians) between two
lines originally at right angles to each other.
Unit Stress - The amount of stress per unit of
area.
Vessel - A container o r structural envelope in
which materials are processed, treated, or
stored; for example, pressure vessels, reactor
vessels, agitator vessels, and storage vessels
(tanks).
Weaving - A technique of depositing weld
metal in which the electrode is oscillated from
side to side.
Weld - A localized coalescence of metal produced by fusion with or without use of filler
metal, and with or without application of
pressure.

I
I

Weld Metal - The metal resulting from the fusion o f the base metal and the filler metal.
.
. ..

Welding - The metal joining process used in

making welds.
In the construction of vessels the welding processes are restricted by the Code IUW-27) as
follows:
1 . Shielded metal arc, submerged arc, gas
metal arc. gas tungsten arc, plasma arc, atomlc
hydrogen metal arc, oxyfuel gas weIding, electroslag, and electron beam.
2. Pressure welding processes: flash, induction, resistance, pressure thermit, and pressure
gas.

form, used in the gas welding process, and in

those arc welding processes wherein the electrode does not furnish the d e ~ o s i t e dmetal.
Wrought Iron - Iron refined to a plastic state
in a puddling furnace. It is characterized by the
oresence of about 3 per cent of slag irregularly
mixed with pure irdn and about 0.5 per cent
carbon.
Yield Point - The lowest stress at which strain
increases without increase in stress. For some
purposes it is important to distingish between
the upper yield point, which is the stress at
which the stress-strain diagram first becomes
horizontal, and the lower yield point, which is

INDEX

Abbreviations, 456
Abrasion, 473
Absolute pressure, 473
Access opening, thickness of, 140
Allowable load on saddle, 101
AUowable pressure, 18-25
Allowable pressure, flanges, 28
Allowable stresses for non pressure
parts, 439
Allowances of plate bending, 230
Alloy, 473
Anchor bolt design, 77-84
Angle joint, 473
Angle valves, 356
definition, 473
Annealing, 473
API 650 tanks, 198
API 12F Tanks, 197
Appurtenances, preferred locations,
235

Arc welding, 473

Area of circles, 292
planes, 250
Area of surface, Cylindrical shell
head, 415
ASME flanged and dished head,
allowable pressure, 20-24
dimension of, 325
external pressure, 34

internal pressure, 20-24

Automatic welding, 473
Backing, 473
Base ring design, 79-83
Beam formulas, 445
Bend allowances of steel plate, 230
Bending of pipe, and tube, 228
Bent pipe, 272
Boiler and pressure vessel laws, 464
Bolted connections, 453
Bolts, weight of, 402
Brittle fracture, 473
Brittleness, 473
Bushing, 473
Butt weld, 473
Capacities of fabrication, 226
Carbon steel, properties of, 180
Center of gravity, 442
Centigrade, conversion to
Fahrenheit, 434
Centroid of an area, 474
Chain intermittent fillet weld, 474
Check valves, 357
definition, 474
Chemical plant piping, 202
Chemical resistance of gaskets, 218
metals, 218

paints, 247
Chipping, 474
Circles, circumferences and
areas of, 292
Circles, division of, 281
segments of, 282
Circular plate, weight of, 394
Circumferences and areas of
circles, 292
Circumferential stress, 14
Clad vessel, 474
Code rules related to
services, 175
thicknesses, 176
Codes, 460
Combination of stresses, 69
Combustible liquids, 178
Common errors detailing vessels, 236
Complete fusion, 474
Cone, allowable pressure,
internal, 20-24
external pressure, 36
frustum of, 268
to cylinder reinforcement, 153
wall thickness for internal pressure,
20,24
Conical section, allowable
pressure, 20,24
external presure, 36
wall thickness 20,24
Construction of vessels,
specifics tion, 189
Contraction of horizontal vessels, 99
Conversion, decimals of a degree, 433
degrees to radians, 431
gallons to liters, 429
inches to millimeters, 421
kilograms to pounds, 428
liters to gallons, 429
millimeters to inches, 423
pounds per sq. inch to kilograms per
sq. centimeter, 430
pounds to kilograms, 428
radians to degrees, 432
square feet to square meters, 427

square meters to square feet, 427

Corner joint, 474
Corrosion, 474,215
fatigue, 474
Corrosion resistant materials, 216
Creep, 474
Couplings, 358
defmition, 474
length of, 138,139
weight of, 403
Cylinders, partial volume of, 408,411
Cylindrical shell allowable
pressure, 18,22
area of surface, 415
external pressure, 32
thickness for internal
pressure, 18,22
weight, 365
Damaging stress, 474
Davit, 304
Decimals of a degree, conversion, 433
Decimals of an inch, 416
of a foot, 416
Definitions, 473
Deflection, 68
Deformation, strain, 474
Degrees to radians, conversion, 431
Description of materials, 186
Design pressure, definition, 474
internal, 15
external, 31
Design specification, 189
steel structures, 437
temperature, 474
tall towers, 52
welded joints, 168,448
Detailing of pressure
vessels, 232
Dimensions of heads, 329
pipe, 326
Discontinuity, 474,475
Division of circles, 281
Double welded butt joint, 475
lap joint, 475

Heat treatment, 476

Hemispherical head, allowable
pressure, 18,22
area of surface, 415
dimensions of, 325
external pressure, 34
wall thickness for internal
pressure, 18-22
High-alloy steel, 476
Hinge, 306
Hydrogen brittleness, 476
Hydrostatic test, 476
Hydrostatic test pressure, 15
Hydrostatic test pressure for flanges, 28
Impact stress, 476
test, 476
Inches to millimeters, conversion, 421
Inspection opening, 123
Insulation, weight of, 404
Intermittent weld, 477
Internal pressure, 15,18
Intersection of cone and cylinder, 277
of cylinders,
274-276
of cylinder and plane, 273
of cylinder and sphere, 278
of nozzle and shell, drop, 283
Isotropic, 477
Joint efficiencies, 166,168
definition, 477
Joint penetration, 477
Junction of cone to cylinder, 153
Killed steel, 477
Kilogram to pounds, conversion, 428
Ladder, 307
Laminated vessel, 477
Lap joint, 477
Laws, boiler and pressure vessel, 464
Layer or laminated vessel, 477
Leg support, 102
dimensions, 108
Length of arcs, 289

Length of pipe and coupling for

openings, 138,139
Lethal substances, 477
Lifting attachments, 119
Lifting lug, 118
Ligament, 477
Lined vessel, 477
Liquid penetrant examination, 477
Liquid petroleum piping, 204
Literature, 469
Liters to gallons, conversion, 429
Loadings, 13,477
Locating points on ellipsoidal
heads, 285
Locations of vessel components, 235
Long welding neck, 331
Longitudinal stress, 14
Low-allow steel, 477
properties of, 181
Lug, liliing, 118
Lug support, 109
Magnetic particle examination, 477
Malleable iron, 477
Materials, description of, 186
properties of, 180
test report, 477
Maximum allowable pressure,
flanges, 28
for pipes, 142
stress, 13
stress values, 16,183,184,477
working pressure, 15,477
Measures, 313
Measurement, metric system of, 417
Membrane stress, 478
Metal arc welding, 478
Metals, chemical resistance of, 218
Metric System of measurement, 417
Mist extractor, 308
Mitered pipe, 272
Millimeters to inches, conversion, 423
Moduli of elasticity, 182,478
Modulus of rigidity, 478
Moment of inertia, 478

Reinforcement, Cone to cylinder, 153

Reinforcing of openings, 129-137
Required wall thickness for internal
pressure, 18-27
Residual stress, 480
Resistance welding, 480
Right triangles, solution of, 262
Ring joint flanges, 336
Rings made of sectors, 266
Root of weld, 480
Saddle design, 98
dimensions, 100
Scale, 480
Scarf, 480
Schedule of openings, 239
Screwed couplings, 358
Seal weld, 480
Seamless head joint efficiency, 170
vessel section, 170
Secondary stress, 480
Section modulus, 480
Sections, properties of, 440
Segments of circlcs, 282
Seismic load, 61
map of seismic zones, 64
Sewices, Code rules, 175
Shape of openings, 122
Shear stress, 480
Sheet steel, weight, 389
Shell, definition, 480
volume of, 406
weights of, 365
Shielded metal-arc welding, 480
Single-welded butt joint, 480
lap joint, 480
Size of openings, 122
vessel, 264
weld, 480
Shop welded tanks, 197
Skirt design, 76
openings, 311
Slag, 481
Slenderness ratio, 481
Slot weld, 481

Solution of right triangles, 262

Specific gravities, 405
Specific gravity definition, 481
Specification for design of vessels, 189
Specifications, 460
Sphere, allowable pressure, 18,22
external pressure, 34
partial volume of, 412
wall thickness for internal
pressure, l8,22
Spot welding, 481
Square feet to square meters,
conversion, 427
Square meters to square feet,
conversion, 427
Stability of vessels, 481
Staggered intermittent fillet weld, 481
Stainless steel, properties of 184
Stair, 305
Standards, 460
Static head, 29
definition, 481
Steel structures, design of, 437
Stiffening ring, external pressure, 40
construction, 48
Strain, 481
Stress and strain formulas, 438
Stress, dcfinition, 481
Stress values of materials, 183
Stresses, combination of, 69
in cylindrical shell, 14
in large horizontal vessels supported
by saddles, 86
in pressure vessels, 13, 481
Structures, design of, 437
Structural members, welding of, 448
Stud, 481
Studding Outlets, 347
Subjects covcrcd by literature, 471
Submerged arc welding, 481
Support olvessels, leg, 102
Lug, 109
saddle, 86
Swing check valves, 357
Symbols for pipe fittings, 359